Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Oil & Gas Equipment & Services / EPI (Holdings) Ltd

EPI (Holdings) Ltd

epihf · OTC Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker epihf
Exchange OTC
Sector Communication Services
Industry Oil & Gas Equipment & Services
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · EPI (Holdings) Ltd
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Contents

3

4

7

Corporate Information

Statement from the Board

Management Discussion and Analysis

19

Biographical Details of Directors and Senior Management

22

Report of the Directors

29

Corporate Governance Report

46

Environmental, Social and Governance Report

78

Independent Auditor’s Report

83

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

84

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

86

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

88

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

90

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

172

Five-Year Financial Summary

In this annual report, the following abbreviations have the following meanings unless otherwise specified:

“Board”

“Company”

“Director(s)”

“Group”

Board of Directors of the Company

EPI (Holdings) Limited

director(s) of the Company

the Company and its subsidiaries

“Hong Kong Companies Ordinance”

Companies Ordinance (Chapter 622 of the Laws of Hong Kong)

“Hong Kong Stock Exchange”

The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited

“Listing Rules”

“Model Code”

“PRC”

“SFO”

“C$”

Rules  Governing  the  Listing  of  Securities  on  the  Hong  Kong  Stock 
Exchange

Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers set 
out in Appendix 10 (renamed as Appendix C3 since 31 December 2023) 
to the Listing Rules

People’s Republic of China

Securities  and  Futures  Ordinance  (Chapter  571  of  the  Laws  of  Hong 
Kong)

Canadian dollars

“HK$” and “HK cent(s)”

Hong Kong dollars and cent(s)

“RMB”

“US$”

“%”

Renminbi

United States dollars

per cent.

The Chinese version of this annual report is a translation of the English version and is for reference only. In case of 
any discrepancies or inconsistencies between the English version and the Chinese version, the English version shall 
prevail.

2

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023AbbreviationsBOARD OF DIRECTORS

Executive Directors

Mr. Sue Ka Lok
Mr. Yiu Chun Kong
Mr. Chan Shui Yuen
Mr. Bai Zhifeng

Independent Non-executive Directors

Mr. Pun Chi Ping
Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine
Mr. Khoo Wun Fat, William

AUDIT COMMITTEE

Mr. Pun Chi Ping (Chairman)
Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine
Mr. Khoo Wun Fat, William

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

Mr. Pun Chi Ping (Chairman)
Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine
Mr. Khoo Wun Fat, William

NOMINATION COMMITTEE

Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine (Chairlady)
Mr. Pun Chi Ping
Mr. Khoo Wun Fat, William

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE

Mr. Khoo Wun Fat, William (Chairman)
Mr. Sue Ka Lok
Mr. Chan Shui Yuen

COMPANY SECRETARY

Mr. Chan Shui Yuen

REGISTERED OFFICE

Clarendon House
2 Church Street
Hamilton HM11
Bermuda

PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IN HONG KONG
Rooms 1502-03, 15th Floor
Great Eagle Centre
23 Harbour Road
Wanchai, Hong Kong

PRINCIPAL BANKERS
The  Hongkong  and  Shanghai  Banking  Corporation 

Limited

Hang Seng Bank Limited
Bank of Communications Co., Ltd., Hong Kong Branch
Bank of Communications (Hong Kong) Limited
China CITIC Bank International Limited
Bank of Montreal
Royal Bank of Canada

LEGAL ADVISER
Reed Smith Richards Butler

AUDITOR
Moore CPA Limited
Certified Public Accountants
Registered Public Interest Entity Auditors

PRINCIPAL SHARE REGISTRAR AND 

TRANSFER OFFICE

MUFG Fund Services (Bermuda) Limited
4th Floor, North Cedar House
41 Cedar Avenue
Hamilton HM12
Bermuda

HONG KONG BRANCH SHARE REGISTRAR 

AND TRANSFER OFFICE

Tricor Tengis Limited
17/F, Far East Finance Centre
16 Harcourt Road
Hong Kong

TRADING OF SHARES
Hong Kong Stock Exchange
(Stock Code: 689)

WEBSITE
https://www.epiholdings.com

*  

The above information is updated to 25 April 2024, being the latest practicable date before printing of this annual report.

3

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Corporate InformationOn behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present to the shareholders the results of the Group for the year ended 
31 December 2023 (“FY2023”).

RESULTS

For  FY2023,  the  Group  continued  to  principally  engage  in  the  business  of  petroleum  exploration  and 
production, solar energy, money lending and investment in securities.

During  FY2023,  international  oil  prices  were  trading  in  a  narrower  range  when  compared  with  2022.  The 
price  of  Brent  crude  oil,  one  of  the  benchmarks  of  international  oil  prices,  raised  from  around  US$80  per 
barrel (”/bbl”) in December 2022 to US$94/bbl in September 2023, and dropped back to around US$78/bbl in 
December 2023, compared with the US$80 to US$130/bbl range in 2022. International oil prices are expected 
to remain volatile in 2024, driven by the continuous changes in global supply and demand forces, along with 
the ongoing Russia-Ukraine war and geopolitical tensions adding further uncertainties to the market.

During  FY2023,  the  Group  continued  with  its  business  development  plan  of  the  oil  field  in  Windy  Lake 
region,  located  near  Calgary  in  Alberta  Province  of  Canada  (the  “Canadian  Oil  Assets”),  which  were 
acquired  in  July  2022.  For  FY2023,  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets  contributed  a  revenue  of  HK$71,597,000  (2022: 
HK$30,932,000),  earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortisation  (“EBITDA”)  of  HK$38,568,000 
(2022: HK$13,178,000) and an operating  profit  of HK$17,874,000 (2022: HK$4,078,000) to  the Group’s  results. 
The  acquisition  of  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets  represents  a  valuable  and  attractive  opportunity  for  the  Group  to 
continue developing its petroleum exploration and production business.

To  pursue  the  Group’s  strategic  initiatives  to  develop  a  diversified  and  balanced  energy  business  portfolio, 
the Group entered into two agreements in July and August 2021 to invest in solar power generation projects 
that  are  participating  in  the  Renewable  Energy  Feed-in  Tariff  Scheme  (the  “FiT  Scheme”),  being  a  scheme 
promoted  by  the  Hong  Kong  Government  to  incentivise  the  private  sector  to  produce  clean  energy  for 
sale  to  the  two  power  companies  in  Hong  Kong.  As  of  31  December  2023,  the  Group  had  invested  a  sum  of 
HK$58,265,000  in  solar  energy  power  generation  projects  under  the  two  aforementioned  agreements.  For 
FY2023,  the  Group’s  solar  energy  business  contributed  a  revenue  of  HK$8,160,000  (2022:  HK$6,536,000),  an 
EBITDA of HK$7,735,000 (2022: HK$5,157,000) and an operating profit of HK$2,661,000 (2022: HK$1,403,000) to 
the Group’s results.

Overall  speaking,  for  FY2023,  the  Group  recorded  an  84%  increase  in  revenue  to  HK$83,082,000  (2022: 
HK$45,102,000),  mainly  due  to  the  incorporation  of  the  full  year  results  of  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets,  whereas 
in 2022, the assets’ results were incorporated by the Group since 16 July 2022, the day the Group completed 
the  acquisition  of  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets.  The  Group  recorded  a  turnaround  of  its  results  by  reporting  a 
profit  attributable  to  owners  of  the  Company  of  HK$21,500,000  (2022:  loss  of  HK$46,746,000),  which  was 
mainly the combined effect of (i) the reversal of expected credit loss (“ECL”) on loan and interest receivables 
of  HK$11,300,000  (2022:  provision  of  ECL  of  HK$20,019,000);  (ii)  the  decrease  in  provision  of  ECL  on  debt 
instruments  at  fair  value  through  other  comprehensive  income  to  HK$8,832,000  (2022:  HK$11,081,000);  (iii) 
the increase in profit contribution from the petroleum exploration and production business to HK$17,874,000 
(2022: HK$4,078,000); (iv) the decrease in other expenses to HK$10,731,000 (2022: HK$14,875,000) mainly due 
to the absence of professional fees incurred for the acquisition of the Canadian Oil Assets; and (v) the increase 
in bank and other interest income to HK$5,856,000 (2022: HK$1,343,000). Earnings per share were HK0.41 cent 
(2022: loss per share of HK0.89 cent).

4

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Statement from the BoardIn  terms  of  business  segment,  for  FY2023,  the  Group’s  petroleum  exploration  and  production  business 
contributed  a  profit  of  HK$17,874,000  (2022:  HK$4,078,000),  the  solar  energy  business  recorded  a  profit  of 
HK$2,661,000  (2022:  HK$1,403,000),  the  money  lending  business  posted  a  profit  of  HK$13,820,000  (2022: 
loss  of  HK$16,237,000),  whilst  the  Group’s  investment  in  securities  recorded  a  loss  of  HK$10,038,000  (2022: 
HK$9,743,000).

PROSPECTS

It is the Group’s business strategy to continue developing its petroleum exploration and production business, 
along  with  expanding  and  diversifying  its  business  in  the  energy  sector  to  the  next  level  by  investing  in 
renewable  energy  assets,  including  solar  energy  projects,  which  would  support  the  healthy  and  sustainable 
business  development  of  the  Group  in  the  long  run  and  create  new  value  to  shareholders.  In  pursuance  of 
these  strategic  initiatives,  the  Group  has  successfully  acquired  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets,  and  entered  into  a 
cooperation agreement and an acquisition agreement for the development of its solar energy business.

The  Canadian  Oil  Assets  are  located  near  Calgary  City  in  Alberta  Province  of  Canada.  The  Group  considers 
Canada is one of the ideal countries for developing petroleum exploration and production business as it has 
a  stable  political  environment,  a  well-established  system  of  oil  regulations  and  industrial  policies,  a  well-
developed business infrastructure for the oil industry, and the third largest oil reserves in the world. There are 
thus enormous business opportunities available in Canada for the Group to develop its petroleum business.

The  solar  energy  power  generation  projects  the  Group  investing  in  are  projects  participating  in  the  FiT 
Scheme.  The  FiT  Scheme  is  a  policy  initiative  introduced  by  the  Hong  Kong  Government  to  encourage  the 
private sector to participate in producing cleaner fuel and developing renewable energy technologies. Under 
the FiT Scheme, scheme participants who install solar or wind power generation system at their premises can 
sell the renewable energy generated to the two power companies in Hong Kong at a rate considerably higher 
than the normal electricity tariff rate. The FiT Scheme will be offered until the end of 2033. Through investing 
in solar energy power generation projects participating in the FiT Scheme, the Group is able to secure a long-
term  and  stable  stream  of  revenue  from  the  tariff  income  earning  by  the  projects  participating  in  the  FiT 
Scheme.

Looking  ahead,  the  Group  will  continue  to  actively  pursue  its  interests  in  the  petroleum  and  solar  energy 
businesses,  and  will  manage  its  businesses  in  a  disciplined  approach  in  view  of  the  market  uncertainties 
brought by the volatilities of international oil prices, the ongoing geopolitical tensions, and the war between 
Russia and Ukraine.

It  is  the  Group’s  business  strategy  to  build  a  diversified  and  balanced  energy  business  portfolio,  comprising 
petroleum  as  well  as  solar  energy  assets,  which  will  present  the  Group  with  favourable  long-term  prospects, 
and is in line with the Group’s sustainable corporate strategy of broadening its income stream for the goal of 
achieving a stable, long-term and attractive return to shareholders.

5

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Statement from the BoardAPPRECIATION

On behalf of the Board, I would like to express my gratitude to all shareholders, bankers, business associates, 
suppliers  and  customers  for  their  continuing  support  to  the  Group,  the  board  members  for  their  valuable 
services, and all staff members for their contribution and hard work during the past year.

Sue Ka Lok
Executive Director

Hong Kong, 27 March 2024

6

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Statement from the BoardBUSINESS REVIEW

During  the  year  ended  31  December  2023  (“FY2023”),  the  Group  continued  to  principally  engage  in  the 
business of petroleum exploration and production, solar energy, money lending and investment in securities.

During  FY2023,  international  oil  prices  were  trading  in  a  narrower  range  when  compared  with  2022.  The 
price  of  Brent  crude  oil,  one  of  the  benchmarks  of  international  oil  prices,  raised  from  around  US$80  per 
barrel (”/bbl”) in December 2022 to US$94/bbl in September 2023, and dropped back to around US$78/bbl in 
December 2023, compared with the US$80 to US$130/bbl range in 2022. International oil prices are expected 
to remain volatile in 2024, driven by the continuous changes in global supply and demand forces, along with 
the ongoing Russia-Ukraine war and geopolitical tensions adding further uncertainties to the market.

During  FY2023,  the  Group  continued  with  its  business  development  plan  of  the  oil  field  in  Windy  Lake 
region,  located  near  Calgary  in  Alberta  Province  of  Canada  (the  “Canadian  Oil  Assets”),  which  were 
acquired  in  July  2022.  For  FY2023,  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets  contributed  a  revenue  of  HK$71,597,000  (2022: 
HK$30,932,000),  earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortisation  (“EBITDA”)  of  HK$38,568,000 
(2022: HK$13,178,000) and an operating  profit  of HK$17,874,000 (2022: HK$4,078,000) to  the Group’s  results. 
The  acquisition  of  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets  represents  a  valuable  and  attractive  opportunity  for  the  Group  to 
continue developing its petroleum exploration and production business.

To  pursue  the  Group’s  strategic  initiatives  to  develop  a  diversified  and  balanced  energy  business  portfolio, 
the Group entered into two agreements in July and August 2021 to invest in solar power generation projects 
that  are  participating  in  the  Renewable  Energy  Feed-in  Tariff  Scheme  (the  “FiT  Scheme”),  being  a  scheme 
promoted  by  the  Hong  Kong  Government  to  incentivise  the  private  sector  to  produce  clean  energy  for 
sale  to  the  two  power  companies  in  Hong  Kong.  As  of  31  December  2023,  the  Group  had  invested  a  sum  of 
HK$58,265,000  in  solar  energy  power  generation  projects  under  the  two  aforementioned  agreements.  For 
FY2023,  the  Group’s  solar  energy  business  contributed  a  revenue  of  HK$8,160,000  (2022:  HK$6,536,000),  an 
EBITDA of HK$7,735,000 (2022: HK$5,157,000) and an operating profit of HK$2,661,000 (2022: HK$1,403,000) to 
the Group’s results.

7

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Management Discussion and AnalysisOverall  speaking,  for  FY2023,  the  Group  recorded  an  84%  increase  in  revenue  to  HK$83,082,000  (2022: 
HK$45,102,000),  mainly  due  to  the  incorporation  of  the  full  year  results  of  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets,  whereas 
in 2022, the assets’ results were incorporated by the Group since 16 July 2022, the day the Group completed 
the  acquisition  of  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets.  The  Group  recorded  a  turnaround  of  its  results  by  reporting 
a  profit  attributable  to  owners  of  the  Company  of  HK$21,500,000  (2022:  loss  of  HK$46,746,000),  which 
was  mainly  the  combined  effect  of  (i)  the  reversal  of  expected  credit  loss  (“ECL”)  on  loan  and  interest 
receivables  of  HK$11,300,000  (2022:  provision  of  ECL  of  HK$20,019,000);  (ii)  the  decrease  in  provision  of  ECL 
on  debt  instruments  at  fair  value  through  other  comprehensive  income  (“FVTOCI”)  to  HK$8,832,000  (2022: 
HK$11,081,000);  (iii)  the  increase  in  profit  contribution  from  the  petroleum  exploration  and  production 
business to HK$17,874,000 (2022: HK$4,078,000); (iv) the decrease in other expenses to HK$10,731,000 (2022: 
HK$14,875,000) mainly due to the absence of professional fees incurred for the acquisition of the Canadian Oil 
Assets; and (v) the increase in bank and other interest income to HK$5,856,000 (2022: HK$1,343,000). Earnings 
per share were HK0.41 cent (2022: loss per share of HK0.89 cent).

Petroleum Exploration and Production

As stated in the Company’s announcement dated 16 March 2021, the Group’s interest in an oil concession in 
the Chañares Herrados area located in Cuyana Basin, Mendoza Province of Argentina was taken over by a new 
concessionaire  in  March  2021,  accordingly,  the  Group’s  petroleum  exploration  and  production  business  in 
Argentina ceased in 2022.

As above mentioned, the Group completed the acquisition of the Canadian Oil Assets in July 2022, since then, 
the  financial  results  of  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets  have  been  incorporated  in  the  Group’s  consolidated  financial 
statements.  The  Canadian  Oil  Assets  represent  an  operating  oil  field  comprising  petroleum  and  natural  gas 
rights,  facilities  and  pipelines,  together  with  other  properties  and  assets  span  on  around  8,800  net  acres  of 
land  under  mineral  leases  in  Windy  Lake  region,  near  Calgary  in  Alberta  Province  of  Canada.  The  Canadian 
Oil  Assets  are  managed  under  EP  Resources  Corporation  (“EPR”),  a  Canadian  incorporated  wholly-owned 
subsidiary  of  the  Company,  by  a  team  of  local  management  with  extensive  experience  in  the  oil  and  gas 
industry in Calgary, Canada.

For  FY2023,  the  Group’s  petroleum  exploration  and  production  business  (constituted  by  the  Canadian  Oil 
Assets)  generated  a  revenue  of  HK$71,597,000  (2022:  HK$30,932,000),  an  EBITDA  of  HK$38,568,000  (2022: 
HK$13,178,000), and an operating profit of HK$17,874,000 (2022: HK$4,078,000).

For  FY2023,  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets  produced  approximately  183,900  barrel  (“bbl”)  and  sold  approximately 
184,500 bbl of crude oil, and generated a revenue (before royalties payment) of approximately C$14,427,000 
(equivalent  to  HK$83,683,000)  at  an  average  selling  price  of  C$78.2/bbl,  whilst  in  2022  (for  the  period  from 
16  July  2022  to  31  December  2022),  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets  produced  and  sold  81,300  bbl  and  81,100  bbl 
of  crude  oil  respectively,  and  generated  a  revenue  (before  royalties  payment)  of  approximately  C$6,618,000 
(equivalent  to  HK$39,821,000)  at  an  average  selling  price  of  C$81.6/bbl.  The  crude  oil  produced  from  the 
Canadian  Oil  Assets  were  trucked  and  sold  to  the  independent  oil  distributors  located  in  the  nearby  regions 
who would largely resell the same to the American importers.

8

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Management Discussion and AnalysisDuring  FY2023,  EPR  had  incurred  capital  expenditure  totalling  C$4,417,000  (equivalent  to  HK$26,091,000) 
for  the  drilling  and  completion  work  of  C$3,499,000  (equivalent  to  HK$20,669,000)  for  four  new  wells  drilled 
in  FY2023,  and  the  completion  work  of  C$918,000  (equivalent  to  HK$5,422,000)  for  three  new  wells  that 
commenced drilling in the year ended 31 December 2022. As of 31 December 2023, there were 42 producing 
wells in operation, with an average remaining reserve life of more than ten years, compared to 35 producing 
wells  as  of  31  December  2022.  The  addition  of  seven  producing  wells  was  a  result  of  (i)  the  completion  of 
drilling work of three new wells under the Group’s 2022 drilling plan with production of two wells commenced 
in January 2023 and one in February 2023, and (ii) the completion of drilling work of four new wells under the 
Group’s 2023 drilling plan with production of all new wells commenced in August 2023.

As at 31 December 2023, an update of the estimated oil reserves of the Canadian Oil Assets are as follows:

Proved

Developed producing
Developed non-producing
Undeveloped

Total Proved
Probable

Gross remaining reserves

As at 
31 December 
2023*
’000 bbl

As at 
31 December 
2022*
’000 bbl

693.7
9.6
939.0

1,642.3
1,305.8

502.1
140.8
902.0

1,544.9
1,653.0

Proved plus Probable

2,948.1

3,197.9

* 

According to the reserve reports (“Reserve Reports”) prepared by Trimble Engineering Associates Ltd. (“Trimble”) 

on  the  estimated  oil  reserves  of  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets  as  at  31  December  2023  and  2022,  Trimble  was  the 

competent person engaged by the Company in preparing the competent person’s report (“CPR”) contained in the 

circular dated 11 March 2022 (the “Circular”) in relation to the acquisition of the Canadian Oil Assets. The same set 

of methodology adopted in preparing the CPR are adopted in preparing the Reserve Reports. Further details of the 

Canadian Oil Assets were contained in the Circular.

9

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Management Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Since the Group acquired the Canadian Oil Assets in July 2022 and up to 31 December 2023, seven new wells 
were  drilled  by  the  Group  according  to  the  drilling  plans  of  the  respective  years.  For  2024,  based  on  the 
production data that the Group has collected from the local government authorities for the oil fields located 
near the target new wells, the updated geological information including seismic data of the target new wells 
and  the  oil  fields  nearby,  together  with  other  technical  reasons,  the  Group  has  planned  that  three  to  four 
new wells will be drilled in 2024. Depending on the market conditions including oil prices and drilling costs, 
weather conditions and availability of contractors, the Group may revise its drilling plan from time to time in 
order to maximise the value of each new well to the Group. Set out below are the details of the drilling plans 
of the respective years since the Group acquired the Canadian Oil Assets in July 2022:

Number of 
new wells 
drilled/to 
be drilled

Year of 
drilling plan

Capital expenditure

Completion

2022

2023

2024

3

4

C$’000

3,074
(actual)

3,499
(actual)

HK$’000 
equivalent

17,834
(actual)

Drilling  work  of  two  new  wells  were 
completed in January 2023 with one 
in February 2023

20,669
(actual)

Drilling  work  of  all  new  wells  were 
completed in August 2023

3 to 4

2,900 to 
3,800 
(budgeted)

17,129 to 
22,445 
(budgeted)

Drilling  work  of  all  new  wells  are 
scheduled  to  be  completed  before 
the end of September 2024

The Group’s central battery in Windy Lake region

Drilling rig for new wells drilling

10

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Management Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
Solar Energy

In  recent  years,  major  countries  in  the  world  are  actively  formulating  their  energy  policies  to  curb  carbon 
emissions  and  it  is  the  Group’s  business  strategy  to  expand  its  footprints  in  the  energy  sector  through 
investing  in  renewable  energy  assets,  including  solar  energy  projects,  which  could  support  the  Group’s 
healthy  and  sustainable  business  development.  On  23  July  2021,  in  order  to  capture  the  business 
opportunities  in  decarbonisation,  the  Group  entered  into  a  cooperation  agreement  with  a  specialist  solar 
energy  total  solution  and  services  provider  to  invest  in  solar  energy  power  generation  projects,  from  which 
the  electricity  generated  can  be  sold  to  the  two  power  companies  and  thereby  earning  the  feed-in  tariff 
income under the FiT Scheme. Moreover, for further development of the solar energy business, on 30 August 
2021, the Group entered into an acquisition agreement to acquire a portfolio of existing and to-be-completed 
solar energy power generation projects which are participating in the FiT Scheme. By March 2023, all the solar 
power  generation  projects  had  been  completed  and  the  Group  currently  has  50  solar  photovoltaic  systems 
in operation. Further details of the transactions were stated in the Company’s announcements dated 23 July 
2021, 30 August 2021 and 16 September 2021.

During  FY2023,  the  Group  had  made  further  investment  of  HK$6,749,000  and  bringing  the  Group’s  total 
investment  in  solar  energy  power  generation  projects  up  to  HK$58,265,000  as  of  31  December  2023.  As  of 
the year end, the Group had 50 solar photovoltaic systems in operation with a total on-grid power generation 
capacity of approximately 3,200 kilowatt. For FY2023, the solar energy business reported increases in revenue 
by  25%  to  HK$8,160,000  (2022:  HK$6,536,000),  EBITDA  by  50%  to  HK$7,735,000  (2022:  HK$5,157,000),  and 
operating profit by 90% to HK$2,661,000 (2022: HK$1,403,000), which were mainly attributed to the addition 
of 10 solar photovoltaic systems and savings in certain operating and maintenance costs during the year.

Money Lending

For  FY2023,  the  Group’s  money  lending  business  reported  decreases  in  revenue  by  36%  to  HK$2,490,000 
(2022:  HK$3,877,000)  and  operating  profit  (before  reversal  of  ECL)  by  33%  to  HK$2,520,000  (2022: 
HK$3,782,000,  before  provision  of  ECL),  which  were  mainly  due  to  the  lower  average  amount  of  performing 
loans  advanced  to  borrowers  during  the  year.  A  reversal  of  ECL  of  HK$11,300,000  (2022:  provision  of  ECL  of 
HK$20,019,000)  was  recognised  during  the  year  which  primarily  related  to  the  repayments  of  certain  credit-
impaired  loan  and  interest  receivables  from  borrowers.  For  FY2023,  the  Group’s  money  lending  business 
recorded an overall profit of HK$13,820,000 (2022: loss of HK$16,237,000).

The  Group  performs  impairment  assessment  on  loan  receivables  under  the  ECL  model.  The  measurement  of 
ECL  is  a  function  of  the  probability  of  default,  the  loss  given  default  (i.e.,  the  magnitude  of  the  loss  if  there 
is a default) and the exposure at default (i.e., the magnitude of the loss after accounting for the value of the 
collateral  if  there  is  a  default).  The  assessment  of  the  probability  of  default  and  loss  given  default  is  based 
on  historical  data  and  forward-looking  information,  whilst  the  valuation  of  the  assets/properties  pledged  to 
the  Group  as  collateral  are  performed  by  independent  professional  valuers  engaged  by  the  Group,  where 
applicable,  at  each  reporting  date  for  the  purpose  of  determining  ECL.  In  accordance  with  the  Group’s  loan 
impairment policy, the amount of ECL is updated at each reporting date to reflect the changes in credit risk on 
loan receivables since initial recognition. At the year end, the net impairment allowance recognised primarily 
represented  the  credit  risk  involved  in  collectability  of  certain  default  and  non-default  loans  determined 
under the Group’s loan impairment policy, with reference to factors including the credit history and financial 
conditions  of  the  borrowers,  the  ageing  of  the  overdue  balances,  the  realisation  value  of  the  collateral 
pledged  to  the  Group,  and  forward-looking  information  including  the  future  macroeconomic  conditions 
affecting the borrowers. Further details of the credit risk and impairment assessment on the loan and interest 
receivables are contained in Note 37 to the consolidated financial statements.

11

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Management Discussion and AnalysisThe Group has a system in place to closely monitor the recoverability of its loan portfolio, its credit monitoring 
measures include regular collateral value review against market information and regular communication with 
the  borrowers  of  their  financial  positions,  through  which  the  Group  will  be  able  to  keep  updated  with  the 
latest  credit  profile  and  risk  associated  with  each  individual  borrower  and  could  take  appropriate  actions  for 
recovery of a loan at the earliest time. If circumstances require, the Group will commence legal actions against 
the borrowers for recovery of the overdue loans and taking possession of the collateral pledged.

The impairment allowance recognised on loan and interest receivables at the year end represented the credit 
risk involved in collectability of certain credit-impaired loans determined under the Group’s loan impairment 
policy, and factors including the credit history of the borrowers, the realisation value of the collateral pledged 
to  the  Group,  and  the  prevailing  economic  conditions  had  been  considered.  There  had  been  no  change 
in  the  method  used  in  determining  the  impairment  allowance  on  loan  and  interest  receivables  from  the 
prior  financial  year.  The  Group  has  taken  various  actions  for  recovery  of  the  credit-impaired  loans  including 
commencing legal actions against the borrowers.

The  size  of  the  Group’s  loan  portfolio  reduced  by  73%  to  HK$16,598,000  (2022:  HK$60,852,000)  (on  a  net  of 
impairment  allowance  basis)  was  mainly  a  result  of  the  repayments  of  certain  loan  and  interest  receivables. 
The Group aims to make loans that could be covered by sufficient collateral, preferably properties and assets 
with good quality, and to borrowers with good credit history. The target customer groups of the business are 
individuals and corporate entities that have short-term funding needs for business purpose and could provide 
sufficient  collateral  for  their  borrowings.  The  Group  has  a  stable  source  of  loan  deals  from  its  own  business 
network and its sales agents.

At  31  December  2023,  the  carrying  amount  of  the  Group’s  loan  portfolio  amounted  to  HK$16,598,000  (after 
impairment  allowance  of  HK$11,910,000)  and  was  constituted  by  term  loans  made  to  two  borrowers  with 
details as follows:

Category of borrowers

Corporate

Individual

Approximate 
weighting to the 
carrying amount 
of the Group’s 
loan portfolio
%

Interest rate 
per annum
%

Maturity

24.1

12.0

75.9

11.0 – 18.0

More than one year 
but within two years
Within one year

100.0

At  31  December  2023,  100%  of  the  carrying  amount  of  the  loan  portfolio  (after  impairment  allowance)  was 
secured  by  collateral.  At  the  year  end,  the  loans  made  to  all  borrowers  were  term  loans  of  which  an  amount 
of HK$12,591,000 was due within one year and HK$4,007,000 was due over one year but within two years. The 
loan made to the largest borrower and the two largest borrowers represented 76% and 100% respectively of 
the Group’s loan portfolio (on a net of impairment allowance basis).

12

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Management Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Group  has  credit  policies,  guidelines  and  procedures  in  place  which  cover  key  internal  controls  of  a 
loan  transaction  including  (i)  due  diligence;  (ii)  credit  appraisal;  (iii)  proper  execution  of  documentation;  (iv) 
continuous  monitoring  and  (v)  collection  and  recovery.  Before  granting  loan  to  a  potential  customer,  the 
Group  performs  credit  appraisal  process  to  assess  the  potential  borrower’s  credit  quality  and  defines  the 
credit  limit  granted  to  the  borrower.  The  credit  appraisal  process  encompasses  detailed  assessment  on  the 
credit history and financial background of the borrower, as well as the value and nature of the collateral to be 
pledged. The credit limit of a loan successfully granted to the borrower will be subject to regular credit review 
by the management as part of the ongoing loan monitoring process.

The following is a summary of the key internal controls of the Group’s money lending operation:

Due diligence

Credit appraisal

Proper execution of  
documentation

Continuous monitoring

Collection and recovery

Identity  check  and  financial  background  check  on  the  loan  applicant 
will  be  performed.  Information  provided  by  the  loan  applicant  including 
identity,  financial  statements  and  income  proof  of  the  applicant  will  be 
checked  and  verified  by  the  responsible  loan  officer,  where  appropriate, 
company,  legal,  credit  and  bankruptcy  search  on  the  loan  applicant,  and 
land  search  and  site  visit  on  the  property  offered  as  collateral,  will  be 
conducted.

Detailed  assessment  on  the  credit  history  and  financial  background  of 
the  loan  applicant,  as  well  as  the  value  and  nature  of  the  collateral  to  be 
pledged,  will  be  conducted.  There  will  be  credit  assessment  including 
analysis  on  the  repayment  ability  and  credit  history  of  the  loan  applicant 
and  analysis  on  the  potential  recovery  from  realisation  of  the  collateral. 
The  credit  assessment  process  will  be  conducted  by  the  responsible  loan 
officer and reviewed by the responsible loan manager.

For  loan  application  recommended  by  the  responsible  loan  manager  and 
duly  approved  by  the  board  of  directors  of  the  Group’s  money  lending 
subsidiary,  the  responsible  loan  officer  will  arrange  preparation  and 
proper execution of the loan documentation under the supervision of the 
responsible  loan  manager,  and  usually  with  the  support  of  professional 
lawyers.

There  will  be  continuous  monitoring  on  the  repayments  from  borrower, 
regular  communication  with  the  borrower  of  its  updated  financial 
position, and regular review on credit limit of the loan granted and market 
value  of  the  collateral  pledged  performed  by  the  responsible  loan  officer 
and manager.

Formal  reminder  and  legal  demand  letter  will  be  issued  to  the  borrower 
if  there  is  an  overdue  payment.  Where  appropriate,  legal  action  will  be 
commenced  against  the  borrower  for  recovery  of  the  amount  due  and 
taking possession of the collateral pledged.

All loans will be granted under the approval of the board of directors of the Group’s money lending subsidiary.

13

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Management Discussion and AnalysisInvestment in Securities

The  Group  generally  acquires  securities  listed  on  the  Hong  Kong  Stock  Exchange  or  other  recognised  stock 
exchanges  and  over-the-counter  markets  with  good  liquidity  that  can  facilitate  swift  execution  of  securities 
transactions.  For  making  investment  or  divestment  decision  on  securities  of  individual  target  company, 
references  will  usually  be  made  to  the  latest  financial  information,  news  and  announcements  issued  by 
the  target  company,  investment  analysis  reports  that  the  Company  has  access  to,  as  well  as  industry  or 
macroeconomic  news.  When  deciding  on  acquiring  securities  to  be  held  for  long-term  purpose,  particular 
emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  past  financial  performance  of  the  target  company  including  its  sales  and 
profit  growth,  financial  healthiness,  dividend  policy,  business  prospects,  and  industry  and  macroeconomic 
outlook. When deciding on acquiring securities to be held other than for long-term purpose, in addition to the 
factors  mentioned,  references  will  also  be  made  to  prevailing  market  sentiments  on  different  sectors  of  the 
investment markets. In terms of return, for long-term securities investments, the Company mainly emphasises 
on  return  of  investment  in  form  of  capital  appreciation  and  dividend/interest  income.  For  securities 
investment  other  than  for  long-term  holding,  the  Company  mainly  emphasises  on  return  of  investment  in 
form of trading gains.

At  31  December  2023,  the  Group’s  securities  investments  comprised  a  financial  asset  at  fair  value  through 
profit  or  loss  (“FVTPL”)  portfolio  valued  at  HK$2,784,000  (2022:  HK$4,772,000),  comprising  equity  securities 
listed in Hong Kong, and a debt instrument at FVTOCI portfolio valued at HK$3,662,000 (2022: HK$33,739,000), 
comprising  debt  securities  listed  in  Singapore.  As  a  whole,  the  Group’s  securities  investments  recorded  a 
revenue  of  HK$835,000  (2022:  HK$3,757,000)  and  a  loss,  after  provision  of  ECL,  of  HK$10,038,000  (2022: 
HK$9,743,000).

Financial assets at FVTPL

At 31 December 2023, the Group held a financial asset at FVTPL portfolio amounting to HK$2,784,000 (2022: 
HK$4,772,000)  measured  at  market/fair  value.  For  FY2023,  the  portfolio  generated  a  revenue  of  HK$43,000 
(2022: HK$152,000), representing dividends from listed equity securities. The Group recognised a net loss on 
financial  assets  at  FVTPL  of  HK$1,988,000  (2022:  HK$1,952,000)  for  the  year,  representing  the  net  unrealised 
loss arising from the decrease in market value of the listed equity securities held by the Group at the year end. 
The  Group  continued  to  adopt  a  prudent  and  disciplined  approach  in  managing  its  financial  asset  at  FVTPL 
portfolio and had not made any new investment during the year.

At  31  December  2023,  the  Group’s  financial  asset  at  FVTPL  portfolio  of  HK$2,784,000  comprised  the  equity 
securities of a property company listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.

14

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Management Discussion and AnalysisDebt instruments at FVTOCI

At 31 December 2023, the Group’s debt instrument at FVTOCI portfolio of HK$3,662,000 (2022: HK$33,739,000) 
was  measured  at  market/fair  value.  During  FY2023,  the  Group’s  debt  instrument  at  FVTOCI  portfolio 
generated  a  revenue  amounting  to  HK$792,000  (2022:  HK$3,605,000),  representing  interest  income  from 
debt securities. According to the maturity profile of the debt instruments, all the debt instruments at FVTOCI 
of  HK$3,662,000  (after  impairment  allowance)  were  classified  as  current  assets  (2022:  current  assets  of 
HK$28,041,000  and  non-current  assets  of  HK$5,698,000).  During  FY2023,  the  Group  had  not  acquired  any 
debt securities, and principals of certain debt securities totalling HK$24,336,000 were redeemed. For FY2023, 
a net fair value loss on debt instruments at FVTOCI of HK$4,931,000 (2022: HK$11,238,000) was recognised as 
other  comprehensive  expense  primarily  due  to  the  fall  in  market  value  of  the  debt  securities  and  downward 
adjustment on fair values of certain debt instruments due to their increased credit risks.

The Group had performed an impairment assessment on the debt instruments held under the ECL model. The 
measurement  of  ECL  is  a  function  of  the  probability  of  default  and  loss  given  default  (i.e.,  the  magnitude  of 
the loss if there is a default), with the assessment of the probability of default and loss given default is based 
on  historical  data  and  forward-looking  information.  In  determining  the  ECL  on  the  Group’s  debt  instruments 
for  the  year,  the  management  had  taken  into  accounts  factors  including  the  withdrawal  or  downgrading  of 
credit ratings of the debt instruments by the credit rating agencies, the defaults of the bond issuers in making 
payments  of  interest  and  principal  for  their  indebtedness,  and  forward-looking  information  including  the 
future macroeconomic conditions affecting the operations of the bond issuers. There had been no change in 
the method used in determining the ECL on debt instruments at FVTOCI from the prior financial year. Further 
details of the credit risk and impairment assessment on the debt instruments at FVTOCI are contained in Note 
37 to the consolidated financial statements.

For  FY2023,  a  provision  of  ECL  on  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI  of  HK$8,832,000  (2022:  HK$11,081,000)  was 
recognised  in  profit  or  loss  (with  a  corresponding  adjustment  to  other  comprehensive  income)  as  the  credit 
risks of the debt instruments held by the Group had further increased since initial recognition. During FY2023, 
the  expected  loss  given  default  of  these  debt  instruments,  which  were  corporate  bonds  issued  by  property 
companies  based  in  the  Mainland,  had  significantly  increased  due  to  the  continued  defaults  of  the  bond 
issuers  in  making  payments  of  interest  and  principal  for  their  indebtedness.  As  the  Group  expected  the 
financial uncertainties of these bond issuers would ultimately affect the collection of contractual cash flows of 
these bonds, a provision of ECL on debt instruments at FVTOCI of HK$8,832,000 was recognised.

At  31  December  2023,  the  Group’s  debt  instrument  at  FVTOCI  portfolio  of  HK$3,662,000  comprised  the  debt 
securities  of  five  Mainland  based  property  companies.  The  yield  to  maturity  upon  initial  acquisition  of  these 
debt securities ranged from 6.01% to 12.50% per annum.

15

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Management Discussion and AnalysisOverall Results

For FY2023, the Group’s petroleum exploration and production business contributed a profit of HK$17,874,000 
(2022:  HK$4,078,000),  the  solar  energy  business  recorded  a  profit  of  HK$2,661,000  (2022:  HK$1,403,000),  the 
money  lending  business  posted  a  profit  of  HK$13,820,000  (2022:  loss  of  HK$16,237,000),  whilst  the  Group’s 
investment  in  securities  recorded  a  loss  of  HK$10,038,000  (2022:  HK$9,743,000).  Overall  speaking,  the  Group 
reported  a  profit  attributable  to  owners  of  the  Company  of  HK$21,500,000  (2022:  loss  of  HK$46,746,000), 
and  a  total  comprehensive  income  attributable  to  owners  of  the  Company  of  HK$27,140,000  (2022:  total 
comprehensive expense of HK$49,677,000) which included a net fair value loss on debt instruments at FVTOCI 
of HK$4,931,000 (2022: HK$11,238,000).

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Liquidity, Financial Resources and Capital Structure

During FY2023, the Group financed its operation mainly by cash generated from operations and shareholders’ 
funds.  At  the  year  end,  the  Group  had  current  assets  of  HK$199,209,000  (2022:  HK$191,386,000)  and  liquid 
assets  comprising  cash  and  cash  equivalents  as  well  as  financial  assets  at  FVTPL  totalling  HK$171,071,000 
(2022: HK$90,568,000). The Group’s current ratio, calculated based on current assets over current liabilities of 
HK$10,237,000 (2022: HK$21,797,000), was at a very liquid level of about 19.5 (2022: 8.8).

At  31  December  2023,  the  Group’s  total  assets  amounted  to  HK$445,095,000  (2022:  HK$433,689,000),  the 
Group’s  gearing  ratio,  calculated  on  the  basis  of  total  liabilities  of  HK$41,642,000  (2022:  HK$57,376,000) 
divided  by  total  assets,  was  at  a  low  level  of  about  9%  (2022:  13%).  Finance  costs  represented  the  accretion 
expense  on  decommissioning  obligation  and  interest  on  lease  liabilities  of  HK$908,000  (2022:  HK$1,127,000) 
and HK$191,000 (2022: HK$119,000) respectively recognised for the year.

The  Group’s  bank  and  other  interest  income  increased  by  336%  to  HK$5,856,000  (2022:  HK$1,343,000)  over 
last year, mainly resulted from additional surplus funds on hand and the general rise in bank deposit rates.

At 31 December 2023, the equity attributable to owners of the Company amounted to HK$403,453,000 (2022: 
HK$376,313,000)  and  was  equivalent  to  an  amount  of  approximately  HK7.70  cents  (2022:  HK7.18  cents)  per 
share  of  the  Company.  The  increase  in  equity  attributable  to  owners  of  the  Company  of  HK$27,140,000  was 
mainly due to the profit earned by the Group during the year.

With  the  amount  of  liquid  assets  on  hand,  the  management  is  of  the  view  that  the  Group  has  sufficient 
financial resources to meet its ongoing operational requirements.

Foreign Currency Management

The  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  as  well  as  business  transactions  of  the  Group  are  mainly  denominated  in 
Canadian dollars, Hong Kong dollars and United States dollars. The Group has not experienced any significant 
foreign  exchange  exposure  to  United  States  dollars  as  the  exchange  rate  of  Hong  Kong  dollars  to  United 
States  dollars  is  pegged.  The  Group’s  foreign  exchange  exposure  to  Canadian  dollars  could  be  significant 
depending on the volatilities of exchange rate of Hong Kong dollars to Canadian dollars, the Group does not 
currently have a formal foreign currency hedging policy for Canadian dollars and will adopt one in due course 
should significant exposure arise.

16

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Management Discussion and AnalysisContingent Liability

At 31 December 2023, the Group had no significant contingent liability (31 December 2022: nil).

Pledge of Assets

At 31 December 2023, the Group had not pledged any assets (31 December 2022: nil).

Capital Commitment

At 31 December 2023, the Group had no capital commitment (31 December 2022: a total capital commitment 
of  HK$6,978,000  for  the  acquisition  of  solar  photovoltaic  systems  which  represented  capital  expenditure 
contracted for but not provided).

HUMAN RESOURCES AND REMUNERATION POLICY

At 31 December 2023, the Group had a total of 26 (2022: 23) employees  including  directors of  the  Company 
with 18 employees stationed in Hong Kong (2022: 15 employees in Hong Kong and the PRC) and 8 employees 
(2022:  8  employees)  in  Canada.  Staff  costs,  including  directors’  emoluments,  amounted  to  HK$11,727,000 
(2022: HK$7,300,000) for the year. The increase in staff costs of HK$4,427,000 was mainly due to full year staff 
costs of the Canadian petroleum exploration and production operation were included in the Group’s current 
year  results  whilst  only  staff  costs  subsequent  to  completion  of  the  acquisition  of  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets 
were included in last year’s results. The remuneration packages for directors and staff are normally reviewed 
annually and are structured by reference to prevailing market terms and individual competence, performance 
and experience.

The  Group  operates  a  Mandatory  Provident  Fund  Scheme  (the  “MPF  Scheme”)  for  its  employees  in  Hong 
Kong  and  a  pension  scheme  for  its  employees  in  Canada.  In  addition,  the  Group  provides  other  employee 
benefits  which  include  medical  insurance,  discretionary  bonus  and  participation  in  the  Company’s  share 
option  scheme.  The  Group’s  contributions  to  the  MPF  Scheme  and  the  other  employees’  pension  scheme 
are  calculated  as  a  percentage  of  the  employees’  relevant  income  and  vest  fully  and  immediately  with  the 
employees,  thus  there  are  no  forfeited  contributions  available  to  the  Group  to  reduce  the  existing  level  of 
contributions to the MPF Scheme and the other employees’ pension scheme.

PRINCIPAL RISK AND UNCERTAINTIES

The  Group  is  principally  engaged  in  the  business  of  petroleum  exploration  and  production,  solar  energy, 
money  lending  and  investment  in  securities.  The  financial  position,  operations,  businesses  and  prospects  of 
the  Group  and  its  individual  business  segment  are  affected  by  the  following  significant  risk  and  uncertainty 
factors:

Business Risk

The  global  economic  conditions  and  the  state  of  international  financial  and  investment  markets,  including 
the  economy,  financial  and  investment  markets  of  the  US,  Mainland  China  and  Hong  Kong,  of  which  the 
Group has no control, have significant influences on the business and financial performance of the Group. The 
management policy to mitigate this risk is to diversify the Group’s businesses and to diversify its investments 
(where possible) within the same business.

17

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Management Discussion and AnalysisMarket Risk

The Group’s money lending business is operating in a very competitive environment that put pressure on the 
revenue  and  profitability  of  this  business.  The  management  policy  to  mitigate  this  risk  is  to  continue  to  put 
effort  in  enlarging  the  market  share  and  enhancing  the  market  competitiveness  of  this  business  by  various 
means.

Environmental Risk

The  Group’s  petroleum  and  solar  energy  businesses  are  constantly  exposed  to  inherent  risks  such  as 
mechanical breakdown of equipment, adverse weather conditions, flood, fire or other calamities. Any of these 
factors may cause disruptions to the Group’s operations. The Group may also be liable to pay compensations 
resulting from the above events which may adversely affect its financial performance.

Financial Risk

The  Group  is  exposed  to  financial  risks  relating  to  interest  rate,  foreign  currency,  securities  price,  credit  and 
liquidity risk in its ordinary course of business. Further details of such risks and relevant management policies 
are set out in Note 37 to the consolidated financial statements.

COMPLIANCE WITH RELEVANT LAWS AND REGULATIONS

As  far  as  the  Board  and  the  management  are  aware,  the  Group  has  complied  in  material  respects  with  the 
relevant  laws  and  regulations  that  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  businesses  and  operations  of  the  Group. 
During FY2023, there was no material breach of or non-compliance with the applicable laws and regulations 
by the Group.

RELATIONSHIP WITH EMPLOYEES, CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS

The  Group  understands  the  importance  of  maintaining  good  relationships  with  its  employees,  customers 
and suppliers to meet its immediate and long-term business goals. During FY2023, there were no significant 
disputes between the Group and its employees, customers and suppliers.

18

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Management Discussion and AnalysisThe  biographical  details  of  the  Directors  and  senior  management  of  the  Company  as  at  25  April  2024,  being 
the latest practicable date before printing of this annual report, are set out below:

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Mr. Sue Ka Lok (“Mr. Sue”)

Aged  58,  joined  the  Company  as  Executive  Director  and  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  in  October  2016  and 
stepped  down  from  his  position  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  in  January  2018.  Mr.  Sue  is  a  member  of  the 
Corporate  Governance  Committee  and  a  director  of  certain  subsidiaries  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Sue  holds  a 
Bachelor  of  Economics  degree  from  The  University  of  Sydney  in  Australia  and  a  Master  of  Science  in  Finance 
degree  from  the  City  University  of  Hong  Kong.  Mr.  Sue  is  a  fellow  of  the  Hong  Kong  Institute  of  Certified 
Public  Accountants,  a  fellow  certified  practising  accountant  of  the  CPA  Australia,  a  fellow  of  the  Hong  Kong 
Securities  and  Investment  Institute,  and  a  chartered  secretary,  chartered  governance  professional  and  fellow 
of  both  The  Hong  Kong  Chartered  Governance  Institute  and  The  Chartered  Governance  Institute  in  the 
United  Kingdom.  He  has  extensive  experience  in  corporate  management,  finance,  accounting  and  company 
secretarial  practice.  Mr.  Sue  is  an  executive  director,  the  company  secretary  and  chief  executive  officer  of 
CSC Holdings Limited (HKEX stock code: 235); an executive director and the chairman of Courage Investment 
Group  Limited  (“Courage  Investment”)  (HKEX  stock  code:  1145);  and  a  non-executive  director  of  ZO  Future 
Group  (formerly  known  as  Birmingham  Sports  Holdings  Limited)  (“ZO  Future”)  (HKEX  stock  code:  2309).  All 
the aforementioned companies are listed on the Main Board of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and Courage 
Investment is also secondarily listed on the Main Board of Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited.

Mr. Yiu Chun Kong (“Mr. Yiu”)

Aged  39,  joined  the  Company  as  Executive  Director  in  October  2016.  Mr.  Yiu  is  also  a  director  of  certain 
subsidiaries  of  the  Company.  He  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  in  Accountancy  degree  from 
The  Hong  Kong  Polytechnic  University.  Mr.  Yiu  is  a  certified  public  accountant  of  the  Hong  Kong  Institute 
of  Certified  Public  Accountants.  He  has  rich  experience  in  auditing,  accounting  and  finance.  Mr.  Yiu  is  an 
executive director of ZO Future, a company listed on the Main Board of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.

Mr. Chan Shui Yuen (“Mr. Chan”)

Aged  43,  joined  the  Company  as  Executive  Director  in  October  2016  and  was  appointed  the  Company 
Secretary  in  November  2017.  Mr.  Chan  is  a  member  of  the  Corporate  Governance  Committee.  He  is  also 
a  director  of  certain  subsidiaries  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Chan  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration 
(Honours)  in  Accountancy  degree  from  the  City  University  of  Hong  Kong  and  a  Master  of  Financial  Analysis 
degree from The University of New South Wales in Australia. Mr. Chan is a CFA charterholder, a fellow of the 
Association  of  Chartered  Certified  Accountants,  a  certified  public  accountant  of  the  Hong  Kong  Institute  of 
Certified Public Accountants and a certified practising accountant of the CPA Australia. He has rich experience 
in auditing, accounting, finance and compliance.

19

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Biographical Details of Directors and Senior ManagementMr. Bai Zhifeng (“Mr. Bai”)

Aged  46,  joined  the  Group  as  Business  Adviser  in  March  2024  and  was  appointed  as  Executive  Director  in 
April 2024. He is a director of a subsidiary of the Company. Mr. Bai holds a Master of Business Administration 
degree  from  Capital  University  of  Economics  and  Business  in  the  PRC.  Mr.  Bai  has  extensive  experience  in 
the  renewable  energy  and  financial  investment  sectors,  and  has  held  executive  positions  in  an  investment 
company and a ventures fund based in North America.

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Mr. Pun Chi Ping (“Mr. Pun”)

Aged  57,  joined  the  Company  as  Independent  Non-executive  Director  in  October  2016.  Mr.  Pun  is  the 
Chairman  of  the  Audit  Committee  and  the  Remuneration  Committee  and  a  member  of  the  Nomination 
Committee.  He  holds  a  Master  of  Science  in  Finance  degree  from  the  City  University  of  Hong  Kong  and  a 
Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Accountancy  degree  from  the  City  Polytechnic  of  Hong  Kong  (now  known  as  the  City 
University  of  Hong  Kong).  Mr.  Pun  is  a  fellow  of  the  Association  of  Chartered  Certified  Accountants  and  an 
associate of the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants. He has extensive experience in corporate 
finance,  accounting  and  auditing.  Mr.  Pun  is  an  independent  non-executive  director  of  ZO  Future  and  China 
Huajun Group Limited (HKEX stock code: 377). Both aforementioned companies are listed on the Main Board 
of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.

Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine (“Ms. Leung”)

Aged  54,  joined  the  Company  as  Independent  Non-executive  Director  in  October  2016.  Ms.  Leung  is  the 
Chairlady  of  the  Nomination  Committee  and  a  member  of  the  Audit  Committee  and  the  Remuneration 
Committee.  She  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  degree  from  The  Chinese  University  of  Hong 
Kong.  Ms.  Leung  has  extensive  experience  in  banking  and  financial  services  industries  and  had  worked  at 
several international financial institutions including Citibank, N.A. Hong Kong, Bank of America, Industrial and 
Commercial  Bank  of  China  (Asia)  Limited  and  Fubon  Bank  (Hong  Kong)  Limited.  She  is  an  independent  non-
executive director of ZO Future, a company listed on the Main Board of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.

20

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Biographical Details of Directors and Senior ManagementMr. Khoo Wun Fat, William (“Mr. Khoo”)

Aged 43, joined the Company as Independent Non-executive Director in April 2024. Mr. Khoo is the Chairman 
of  the  Corporate  Governance  Committee  and  a  member  of  the  Audit  Committee,  the  Remuneration 
Committee  and  the  Nomination  Committee.  He  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  The  Chinese 
University  of  Hong  Kong,  and  a  Bachelor  of  Laws  degree  and  a  Postgraduate  Certificate  in  Laws  from  the 
City  University  of  Hong  Kong.  He  was  admitted  as  a  practising  solicitor  in  Hong  Kong  in  2009.  Mr.  Khoo  is 
a  partner  of  Khoo  &  Co.,  a  law  firm  specialising  in  corporate  finance  and  commercial  practice.  In  addition, 
he  is  the  chairman  of  the  Standing  Committee  of  the  Convocation  of  the  City  University  of  Hong  Kong,  a 
council member of the City University of Hong Kong, the company secretary of China Regenerative Medicine 
International  Limited  (HKEX  stock  code:  8158),  a  company  listed  on  the  GEM  of  the  Hong  Kong  Stock 
Exchange,  and  the  company  secretary  of  the  Alumni  Association  of  Raimondi  College  Hong  Kong.  Mr.  Khoo 
has extensive experience in the legal industry.

SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Mr. Pak Ka Kei (“Mr. Pak”), Financial Controller

Aged 53, joined the Company as Financial Controller in November 2009. He is a director of certain subsidiaries 
of  the  Company.  Mr.  Pak  graduated  from  the  City  University  of  Hong  Kong  with  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  in 
Accounting  degree.  Mr.  Pak  has  extensive  experience  in  the  fields  of  audit,  internal  control,  accountancy, 
taxation  and  treasury.  Prior  to  joining  the  Company,  he  had  worked  for  Ernst  &  Young,  an  international 
accounting  firm,  and  TCL  Multimedia  Technology  Holdings  Limited  (now  known  as  TCL  Electronics  Holdings 
Limited)  in  its  finance  departments  in  Hong  Kong,  Emerging  Markets  and  Europe  as  deputy  internal  control 
director and deputy financial controller.

21

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Biographical Details of Directors and Senior ManagementThe  Directors  are  pleased  to  present  their  report  and  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the 
Company for the year ended 31 December 2023.

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES AND BUSINESS REVIEW

The Company acts as an investment holding company. The principal activities of its principal subsidiaries are 
set out in Note 38 to the consolidated financial statements.

Further  discussion  and  analysis  of  the  Group’s  activities  as  required  by  Schedule  5  to  the  Hong  Kong 
Companies Ordinance, including a discussion of the review of the Group’s businesses, the principal risks and 
uncertainties  the  Group  facing,  the  particulars  of  important  events  affecting  the  Group  that  have  occurred 
since  the  end  of  the  financial  year,  an  indication  of  likely  future  developments  in  the  Group’s  businesses, 
the  performance  of  the  Group  during  the  year  with  reference  to  key  financial  performance  indicators,  the 
key  relationships  with  employees,  customers  and  suppliers  and  the  compliance  with  laws  and  regulations, 
can  be  found  in  the  “Statement  from  the  Board”  and  “Management  Discussion  and  Analysis”  sections  set 
out  on  pages  4  to  18  of  this  annual  report,  and  the  “Corporate  Governance  Report”  set  out  on  pages  29  to 
45  of  this  annual  report.  These  discussions  form  part  of  this  report.  In  addition,  discussions  on  the  Group’s 
environmental  policies  and  performance  are  contained  in  the  Environmental,  Social  and  Governance  Report 
on pages 46 to 77 of this annual report.

RESULTS

The  results  of  the  Group  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2023  are  set  out  in  the  consolidated  statement  of 
profit or loss and other comprehensive income on page 83.

FINAL DIVIDEND

The Board does not recommend the payment of a final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2023 (2022: 
nil).

FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY

A  summary  of  the  published  results  and  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  Group  for  the  last  five  financial  years,  as 
extracted  from  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company,  is  set  out  on  page  172.  The 
summary does not form part of the audited consolidated financial statements.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Details of movements in the Group’s property, plant and equipment during the year are set out in Note 18 to 
the consolidated financial statements.

22

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Report of the DirectorsSHARE CAPITAL

Details of the Company’s share capital are set out in Note 30 to the consolidated financial statements.

PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS

There is no provision for pre-emptive rights under the Company’s Bye-laws or the applicable laws of Bermuda 
which would oblige the Company to offer new shares on a pro-rata basis to existing shareholders.

PURCHASE, SALE OR REDEMPTION OF THE COMPANY’S LISTED SECURITIES

During  the  year  ended  31  December  2023,  neither  the  Company  nor  any  of  its  subsidiaries  had  purchased, 
sold or redeemed any of the Company’s listed securities.

RESERVES

Details of movements in the reserves of the Company and of the Group during the year are set out in Note 40 
to the consolidated financial statements and in the consolidated statement of changes in equity respectively.

DISTRIBUTABLE RESERVES

At 31 December 2023, the Company had no reserve available for distribution as computed in accordance with 
the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda. The Company’s share premium account, in the amount of approximately 
HK$918,270,000 (2022: HK$918,270,000), may be distributed in the form of fully paid bonus shares.

MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS

During  the  year,  revenue  from  the  Group’s  five  largest  customers/sources  accounted  for  approximately  98% 
of  the  total  revenue  for  the  year  and  revenue  from  the  largest  customer  accounted  for  approximately  78%. 
Purchases  from  the  Group’s  five  largest  suppliers  accounted  for  58%  of  the  total  purchases  for  the  year  and 
purchases from the largest supplier accounted for 33%.

None  of  the  directors  or  any  of  their  associates  or  any  shareholders  (which,  to  the  best  knowledge  of  the 
directors,  own  more  than  5%  of  the  Company’s  issued  shares)  had  any  beneficial  interest  in  the  Group’s  five 
largest customers or suppliers during the year.

23

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Report of the DirectorsDIRECTORS

The directors of the Company during the year and up to 25 April 2024, being the latest practicable date before 
printing of this annual report, were:

Executive Directors:

Mr. Sue Ka Lok
Mr. Yiu Chun Kong
Mr. Chan Shui Yuen
Mr. Bai Zhifeng (appointed on 9 April 2024)

Independent Non-executive Directors:

Mr. Pun Chi Ping
Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine
Mr. Kwong Tin Lap (resigned on 18 April 2024)
Mr. Khoo Wun Fat, William (appointed on 18 April 2024)

In accordance with Bye-law 103(B) of the Company’s Bye-laws, Mr. Bai Zhifeng and Mr. Khoo Wun Fat, William 
will  hold  office  until  the  forthcoming  annual  general  meeting  of  the  Company  (the  “2024  AGM”)  and,  being 
eligible, offer themselves for re-election at the 2024 AGM.

In accordance with Bye-law 100(A) of the Company’s Bye-laws, Mr. Chan Shui Yuen and Mr. Pun Chi Ping will 
retire by rotation at the 2024 AGM and, being eligible, will offer themselves for re-election at the 2024 AGM.

PERMITTED INDEMNITY PROVISION

Pursuant to the Company’s Bye-laws, subject to the statutes, the directors for the time being of the Company 
shall  be  indemnified  and  secured  harmless  out  of  the  assets  of  the  Company  from  and  against  all  actions, 
costs,  charges,  losses,  damages  and  expenses  which  they  or  any  of  them,  shall  or  may  incur  or  sustain  by 
reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution  of  their  duty  or supposed  duty in 
their  respective  offices  or  trusts  or  otherwise  in  relation  thereto  except  through  their  own  wilful  neglect  or 
default, fraud and dishonesty. The Company has arranged appropriate directors’ and officers’ liability coverage 
for the directors and other officers of the Company during the year.

DIRECTORS’ SERVICE CONTRACTS

None  of  the  directors  being  proposed  for  re-election  at  the  2024  AGM  has  a  service  contract  with  the 
Company or any of its subsidiaries which is not determinable by the Group within one year without payment 
of compensation, other than statutory compensation.

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

Details of the directors’ remuneration are set out in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.

24

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Report of the DirectorsDIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN TRANSACTIONS, ARRANGEMENTS OR CONTRACTS

Save  for  the  related  party  transactions  as  disclosed  in  Note  35  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  no 
other transactions, arrangements or contracts of significance to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries 
was  a  party  and  in  which  a  Director  or  an  entity  connected  with  a  Director  has  or  had  a  material  interest, 
whether directly or indirectly, subsisted at the end of the year or at any time during the year.

DIRECTORS’  INTERESTS  AND  SHORT  POSITIONS  IN  SHARES,  UNDERLYING  SHARES  AND 
DEBENTURES

As at 31 December 2023, none of the directors or chief executive of the Company had registered an interest 
or  short  positions  in  the  shares,  underlying  shares  and  debentures  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its  associated 
corporations (within the meaning of Part XV of the SFO) that was required to be recorded pursuant to section 
352 of the SFO, or as otherwise notified to the Company and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange pursuant to the 
Model Code.

DIRECTORS’ RIGHTS TO ACQUIRE SHARES OR DEBENTURES

Save for the “Share Option Scheme” disclosure in Note 31 to the consolidated financial statements, at no time 
during the year was the Company or any of its subsidiaries a party to any arrangements to enable the directors 
of the Company to acquire benefits by means of the acquisition of shares in, or debentures of, the Company or 
any other body corporate, and none of the directors of the Company or their spouse or minor children had any 
rights to subscribe for the securities of the Company, or had exercised any such rights during the year.

SHARE OPTION SCHEME

Details  of  the  share  option  scheme  of  the  Company  are  set  out  in  Note  31  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements.

25

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Report of the DirectorsINTERESTS AND SHORT POSITIONS OF SHAREHOLDERS DISCLOSEABLE UNDER THE SFO

As at 31 December 2023, the following interests of more than 5% of the issued shares of the Company were 
recorded in the register of interests required to be kept by the Company pursuant to section 336 of the SFO:

Long positions in the shares of the Company:

Name of shareholders

Capacity and
nature of interest

Number of
shares held

Mr. Suen Cho Hung, Paul (“Mr. Suen”)

Interests of controlled 

corporation

Premier United Group Limited 

Interests of controlled 

(“Premier United”)

corporation

Billion Expo International Limited 

Beneficial owner

(“Billion Expo”)

China Shipbuilding Capital Limited

Beneficial owner

China State Shipbuilding Corporation 

Interests of controlled 

Limited

corporation

862,085,620
 (Notes (ii) and (iii))

862,085,620
(Notes (ii) and (iii))

862,085,620
(Notes (ii) and (iii))

700,170,000
(Note (iv))

700,170,000
 (Note (iv))

Approximate
 percentage of 
the Company’s
 issued shares
(Note (i))

16.45%

16.45%

16.45%

13.36%

13.36%

China Create Capital Limited

Beneficial owner

357,705,000

6.83%

Notes:

(i) 

The approximate percentage of the Company’s issued shares was calculated on the basis of 5,240,344,044 shares of 

the Company in issue as at 31 December 2023.

(ii) 

These  interests  were  held  by  Billion  Expo,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Premier  United  which  in  turn  was  wholly 

owned by Mr. Suen. Mr. Suen was the sole director of Billion Expo and Premier United. Accordingly, Mr. Suen and 

Premier United were deemed to be interested in 862,085,620 shares of the Company under the SFO.

(iii) 

The interests of Mr. Suen, Premier United and Billion Expo in 862,085,620 shares of the Company referred to in Note  

(ii) above related to the same parcel of shares.

(iv) 

The interests of China Shipbuilding Capital Limited and China State Shipbuilding Corporation Limited related to the 

same parcel of shares.

26

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Report of the Directors 
 
 
 
Save as disclosed above, the Company had not been notified of any other relevant interests or short positions 
in  the  shares  and  underlying  shares  of  the  Company  as  at  31  December  2023  as  required  to  be  recorded 
pursuant to section 336 of the SFO.

CONNECTED TRANSACTIONS

During  the  year,  the  related  party  transactions  in  relation  to  the  consultancy  fee  paid  to  the  substantial 
shareholder  and  the  remuneration  of  directors  and  other  members  of  key  management  as  disclosed  in  Note 
35  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  fall  under  the  scope  of  “Connected  Transactions”  or  “Continuing 
Connected Transactions” under Chapter 14A of the Listing Rules but are fully exempted from reporting, annual 
review, announcement and independent shareholders’ approval requirement.

Save as disclosed above, the other related party transactions set out in Note 35 to the consolidated financial 
statements  do  not  constitute  “Connected  Transactions”  nor  “Continuing  Connected  Transactions”  under 
Chapter 14A of the Listing Rules.

REMUNERATION POLICY

The  Group  remunerates  its  employees  based  on  their  competence,  performance,  experience  and  prevailing 
market  terms.  Other  employee  benefits  include  provident  fund  scheme,  medical  insurance,  share  option 
scheme as well as discretionary bonus.

EQUITY-LINKED AGREEMENTS

Save  for  the  share  option  scheme  of  the  Company  as  disclosed  in  Note  31  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements, no equity-linked agreements were entered into by the Group, or existed during the year.

MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS

No  contract  concerning  the  management  and  administration  of  the  whole  or  any  substantial  part  of  any 
business of the Company was entered into or existed during the year.

AUDIT COMMITTEE

The  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2023  have 
been  reviewed  by  the  Audit  Committee  and  duly  approved  by  the  Board  under  the  recommendation  of  the 
Audit Committee.

27

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Report of the DirectorsAUDITOR

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2023  have  been 
audited by Moore CPA Limited (formerly known as Moore Stephens CPA Limited).

Moore CPA Limited has been appointed as the auditor of the Company with effect from 4 January 2021 to fill 
the casual vacancy arising from the resignation of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu on 4 January 2021.

A  resolution  will  be  proposed  at  the  2024  AGM  to  re-appoint  Moore  CPA  Limited  as  the  auditor  of  the 
Company.

Save for the above, there was no change of the auditor of the Company in the preceding three years.

On behalf of the Board

Sue Ka Lok
Executive Director

Hong Kong, 27 March 2024

28

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Report of the DirectorsThe  Company  has  recognised  the  importance  of  transparency  and  accountability,  and  believes  that 
shareholders  can  benefit  from  good  corporate  governance.  The  Company  aims  to  achieve  good  standard  of 
corporate governance.

CULTURES AND VALUES

The  Board  believes  a  healthy  corporate  culture  is  vital  in  attaining  the  Group’s  vision,  values  and  strategy. 
It  trusts  that  conducting  business  in  an  ethical  and  reliable  way  will  maximise  its  long-term  interests  and 
those  of  its  stakeholders.  The  structure  of  corporate  governance  adopted  by  the  Company  emphasises  a 
quality  board,  sound  internal  controls  and  accountability  to  shareholders  and  these  are  based  upon  an 
ethical corporate culture. It is the Board’s mission to establish and foster a healthy corporate culture with the 
following principles and to ensure that the Company’s vision, values and business strategies are aligned to it.

(i) 

Ethics and Integrity

The  Group  strives  to  maintain  a  high  standard  of  business  ethics  and  corporate  governance  across  all 
business  levels  and  operating  activities.  Directors,  management  and  staff  members  are  all  required 
to  act  lawfully,  ethically  and  responsibly.  Such  required  standards  are  set  out  in  the  Group’s  Code  of 
Conduct, Anti-corruption Policy and Whistleblowing Policy (further discussions on the two policies are 
in  the  sections  below).  Trainings  are  conducted  from  time  to  time  to  reinforce  the  values  across  the 
Group and to uphold the standards with respect to ethics and integrity.

(ii)  Commitment to Excellence

The  Group  believes  commitment  to  excellence  is  the  first  step  to  continuous  improvement  and 
the  driving  force  behind  a  business  organisation.  The  Group  implements  a  performance  appraisal 
system  and  aims  to  reward  and  recognise  performing  staff  members  by  providing  them  competitive 
remuneration  packages,  as  well  as  the  opportunities  of  career  development  and  progression  within 
the  Group.  Such  values  are  articulated  in  policies,  procedures  and  processes  in  day-to-day  operations. 
Department heads are responsible to set expectations for staff members with respect to their roles and 
responsibilities.  In  addition,  staff  members  are  also  encouraged  to  enroll  in  external  training  courses 
and  seminars  in  order  to  update  their  technical  skills  and  keep  abreast  of  the  market  and  regulatory 
developments.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The  Company  had  complied  with  all  the  applicable  provisions  of  the  Corporate  Governance  Code  (the  “CG 
Code”) set out in Appendix 14 (renamed as Appendix C1 since 31 December 2023) to the Listing Rules for the 
year ended 31 December 2023, except for the following deviations with reasons as explained:

Chairman and chief executive

Code Provision C.2.1

Code Provision C.2.1 of the CG Code requires the roles of the chairman and chief executive should be separate 
and should not be performed by the same individual.

29

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Corporate Governance ReportCORPORATE GOVERNANCE (continued)

Chairman and chief executive (continued)

Deviation

The  Company  had  deviated  from  Code  Provision  C.2.1  of  the  CG  Code  during  the  year  ended  31  December 
2023  due  to  the  positions  of  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  have  been  left  vacant.  The 
Company is still looking for suitable candidates to fill the vacancies of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief 
Executive Officer of the Company. The day-to-day management responsibilities are taken up by the Executive 
Directors of the Company; and the overall direction and strategy of the businesses of the Group are decided 
by  the  agreement  of  the  Board.  There  are  three  Independent  Non-executive  Directors  on  the  Board  offering 
independent  and  differing  perspectives.  The  Board  is  therefore  of  the  view  that  there  are  adequate  balance 
of  power  and  safeguards  in  place  to  enable  the  Company  to  make  and  implement  decisions  promptly  and 
effectively.

Shareholders meetings

Code Provision F.2.2

Code  Provision  F.2.2  of  the  CG  Code  stipulates  that  the  chairman  of  the  board  should  attend  the  annual 
general meeting.

Deviation

As  the  position  of  Chairman  of  the  Board  has  been  left  vacant,  Mr.  Sue  Ka  Lok,  Executive  Director  of  the 
Company, was elected and acted as the chairman of the annual general meeting of the Company held on 29 
June 2023 in accordance with Bye-law 70 of the Company’s Bye-laws.

DIRECTORS’ SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

The  Company  has  adopted  the  Model  Code  as  its  own  code  of  conduct  regarding  securities  transactions  by 
directors  of  the  Company.  Having  made  specific  enquiry  with  the  directors,  all  of  them  confirmed  that  they 
had  complied  with  the  required  standards  set  out  in  the  Model  Code  during  the  year  ended  31  December 
2023.

30

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Corporate Governance ReportBOARD OF DIRECTORS

The  Board  formulates  the  overall  strategy  of  the  Group,  monitors  its  financial  performance  and  maintains 
effective  oversight  over  the  management.  The  Board  members  are  fully  committed  to  their  roles  and  have 
acted  in  good  faith  to  maximise  the  shareholders’  value  in  the  long  run,  and  have  aligned  the  Group’s  goals 
and  directions  with  the  prevailing  economic  and  market  conditions.  Daily  operations  and  administration  are 
delegated to the management.

The Board met regularly throughout the year to discuss the overall business strategy as well as the operation 
and  financial  performance  of  the  Group.  The  directors  are  kept  informed  on  timely  basis  of  major  changes 
that  may  affect  the  Group’s  businesses,  including  relevant  rules  and  regulations.  The  directors  can,  upon 
reasonable  request,  seek  independent  professional  advice  in  appropriate  circumstances,  at  the  Company’s 
expenses.  The  Board  shall  resolve  to  provide  separate  appropriate  independent  professional  advice  to  the 
directors to assist the relevant directors to discharge their duties.

As at 25 April 2024, being the latest practicable date before printing of this annual report, the Board comprises 
seven  directors,  four  are  Executive  Directors,  namely  Mr.  Sue  Ka  Lok  (“Mr.  Sue”),  Mr.  Yiu  Chun  Kong  (“Mr. 
Yiu”), Mr. Chan Shui Yuen and Mr. Bai Zhifeng (“Mr. Bai”), and three are Independent Non-executive Directors, 
namely  Mr.  Pun  Chi  Ping  (“Mr.  Pun”),  Ms.  Leung  Pik  Har,  Christine  (“Ms.  Leung”)  and  Mr.  Khoo  Wun  Fat, 
William  (“Mr.  Khoo”).  The  directors  are  considered  to  have  a  balance  of  skill  and  experience  appropriate  for 
the  requirements  of  the  businesses  of  the  Group.  The  Company  has  received  from  Mr.  Pun,  Ms.  Leung  and 
Mr.  Kwong  Tin  Lap  (“Mr.  Kwong”,  former  independent  non-executive  director  resigned  on  18  April  2024)  an 
annual confirmation for the year ended 31 December 2023 of his/her independence and a confirmation from 
Mr. Khoo of his independence upon his appointment, pursuant to Rule 3.13 of the Listing Rules. The Company 
considers  all  existing  and  former  independent  non-executive  directors  are/were  independent  in  accordance 
with the independence guidelines set out in the Listing Rules. Biographical details of the directors are set out 
under the section headed “Biographical Details of Directors and Senior Management” on pages 19 to 21 of this 
annual report.

Mr.  Sue  is  a  non-executive  director,  Mr.  Yiu  is  an  executive  director,  and  Mr.  Pun  and  Ms.  Leung  are 
independent  non-executive  directors  of  ZO  Future  Group  (formerly  known  as  Birmingham  Sports  Holdings 
Limited) (HKEX stock code: 2309). Save for the aforesaid, there is no other financial, business, family or other 
material/relevant relationship among the members of the Board.

The  Company  will  provide  a  comprehensive,  formal  and  tailored  induction  to  each  newly  appointed 
director  on  his/her  first  appointment  in  order  to  enable  him/her  to  have  an  appropriate  understanding  of 
the  businesses  and  operations  of  the  Group  and  that  he/she  is  fully  aware  of  his/her  responsibilities  and 
obligations under the Listing Rules and the relevant regulatory requirements. Mr. Bai and Mr. Khoo obtained 
the legal advice on 18 April 2024 referred to in Rule 3.09D of the Listing Rules and each of them has confirmed 
he understood his obligations as a director of the Company.

31

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Corporate Governance ReportBOARD OF DIRECTORS (continued)

All  directors  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  continuous  professional  development  to  develop  and  refresh 
their knowledge and skills, and are continually updated on the developments of the statutory and regulatory 
regime  and  the  Group’s  business  environment  to  facilitate  the  discharge  of  their  responsibilities.  The 
Company has provided timely technical updates, including briefings on the amendments on the Listing Rules 
and  the  news  releases  published  by  the  Hong  Kong  Stock  Exchange,  to  the  directors.  In-house  briefings  and 
professional development for directors will be arranged where necessary.

The  directors  have  participated  in  continuous  professional  development  by  attending  seminars,  in-house 
briefings  or  reading  materials  on  the  related  areas  to  develop  and  refresh  their  knowledge  and  skills.  For 
the  year  ended  31  December  2023,  the  directors  including  the  former  independent  non-executive  director, 
namely Mr. Sue Ka Lok, Mr. Yiu Chun Kong, Mr. Chan Shui Yuen, Mr. Pun Chi Ping, Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine 
and  Mr.  Kwong  Tin  Lap  had  complied  with  Code  Provision  C.1.4  of  the  CG  Code  and  had  provided  the 
Company with their respective training records pursuant to the CG Code.

The  Board  has  established  the  mechanism  to  ensure  independent  views  and  input  of  independent  non-
executive directors are made available to the Board. The summary of the mechanism is set out below:

(a)  Composition

The Board ensures the appointment of at least three independent non-executive directors and at least 
one-third  of  its  members  being  independent  non-executive  directors,  with  at  least  one  independent 
non-executive  director  possessing  appropriate  professional  qualifications,  or  accounting  or  related 
financial  management  expertise.  As  at  31  December  2023,  the  Board  had  a  balanced  composition  of 
three  executive  directors  and  three  independent  non-executive  directors  so  that  there  was  a  strong 
independent element on the Board, which allowed the effective exercise of independent judgement.

(b) 

Independence Assessment

The  Board  assesses  the  independence  of  independent  non-executive  directors  annually  with  regard 
to,  among  others,  (i)  their  character,  integrity,  expertise  and  experience;  (ii)  declaration  of  conflict 
of  interest  in  their  roles  as  independent  non-executive  directors;  (iii)  duration  of  appointment  as 
independent  non-executive  directors;  (iv)  time  commitments  to  the  Company’s  affairs;  (v)  past  and 
present  financial  or  other  interests  in  the  business  of  the  Company;  and  (vi)  connection  with  other 
director(s), chief executive or substantial shareholder(s) of the Company.

32

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Corporate Governance ReportBOARD OF DIRECTORS (continued)

(c) 

Board Decision Making

Directors  (including  independent  non-executive  directors)  are  entitled  to  seek  further  information 
independently  from  the  management  on  the  matters  to  be  discussed  at  Board  meetings  and,  where 
necessary,  independent  advice  from  external  professional  advisers  at  the  Company’s  expense.  A 
director  (including  independent  non-executive  director)  who  has  a  material  interest  in  a  contract, 
transaction  or  arrangement  shall  not  vote  or  be  counted  in  the  quorum  on  any  Board  resolution 
approving  the  same.  The  Chairman  shall  promote  a  culture  of  openness,  encourage  directors  with 
different views to voice their concerns and allow sufficient time for discussion of matters.

The Board will review the above mechanism annually to ensure it is implemented effectively.

During  the  year  ended  31  December  2023,  four  regular  Board  meetings  and  one  general  meeting  were  held 
and the attendance of each director is set out below:

Executive Directors
Mr. Sue Ka Lok
Mr. Yiu Chun Kong
Mr. Chan Shui Yuen
Mr. Bai Zhifeng (appointed on 9 April 2024)

Independent Non-executive Directors
Mr. Pun Chi Ping
Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine
Mr. Kwong Tin Lap (resigned on 18 April 2024)
Mr. Khoo Wun Fat, William (appointed on 18 April 2024)

Number of attendance

Board 
Meetings

General 
Meeting

4/4
4/4
4/4
0/0

4/4
4/4
4/4
0/0

1/1
1/1
1/1
0/0

1/1
1/1
1/1
0/0

33

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Corporate Governance Report 
 
 
CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE

Code Provision C.2.1 of the CG Code requires the roles of the chairman and chief executive should be separate 
and  should  not  be  performed  by  the  same  individual.  The  Company  had  deviated  from  the  requirement 
during  the  year  ended  31  December  2023  as  the  positions  of  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  Chief  Executive 
Officer  have  been  left  vacant.  The  Company  is  still  looking  for  suitable  candidates  to  fill  the  vacancies  of 
the  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company.  The  day-to-day  management 
responsibilities are taken up by the Executive Directors of the Company; and the overall direction and strategy 
of the businesses of the Group are decided by the agreement of the Board. There are three Independent Non-
executive  Directors  on  the  Board  offering  independent  and  differing  perspectives.  The  Board  is  therefore  of 
the view that there are adequate balance of power and safeguards in place to enable the Company to make 
and implement decisions promptly and effectively.

TERM OF APPOINTMENT OF NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Currently,  all  the  Independent  Non-executive  Directors  are  appointed  for  a  term  of  twelve-month  period 
which automatically renews for successive twelve-month periods unless terminated by either party in writing 
prior  to  the  expiry  of  the  term.  All  the  Independent  Non-executive  Directors  are  also  subject  to  retirement 
by rotation and re-election at least once every three years at the annual general meetings of the Company in 
accordance with the Company’s Bye-laws.

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

The Remuneration Committee has specific written terms of reference that is in compliance with the CG Code. 
As at 25 April 2024, being the latest practicable date before printing of this annual report, the Remuneration 
Committee  comprises  three  Independent  Non-executive  Directors,  namely  Mr.  Pun  Chi  Ping,  Ms.  Leung 
Pik  Har,  Christine  and  Mr.  Khoo  Wun  Fat,  William.  Mr.  Pun  Chi  Ping  is  the  Chairman  of  the  Remuneration 
Committee.

The  Remuneration  Committee  is  mainly  responsible  for  formulating  the  remuneration  policy,  reviewing  and 
recommending to the Board the annual remuneration policy and the remuneration of the directors and senior 
management.  The  overriding  objective  of  the  remuneration  policy  is  to  ensure  that  the  Group  is  able  to 
attract, retain and motivate a high-caliber team which is essential to the success of the Group. The full terms of 
reference are available on the Company’s website and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange’s website.

34

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Corporate Governance ReportREMUNERATION COMMITTEE (continued)

The  Remuneration  Committee  met  once  during  the  year  ended  31  December  2023  to  review  and  make 
recommendations  to  the  Board  on  the  remuneration  packages  for  directors  and  senior  management.  The 
attendance of each member is set out below:

Members

Number of attendance

Mr. Pun Chi Ping
Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine
Mr. Kwong Tin Lap (resigned on 18 April 2024)
Mr. Khoo Wun Fat, William (appointed on 18 April 2024)

1/1
1/1
1/1
0/0

Details of the directors’ remuneration are set out in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements. Pursuant 
to Code Provision E.1.5 of the CG Code, the details of the annual remuneration of the senior management by 
bands during the year are set out below:

Remuneration band

Number of individual

HK$1,000,000 to HK$1,500,000

NOMINATION COMMITTEE

1

The  Nomination  Committee  has  specific  written  terms  of  reference  that  is  in  compliance  with  the  CG  Code. 
As  at  25  April  2024,  being  the  latest  practicable  date  before  printing  of  this  annual  report,  the  Nomination 
Committee  comprises  three  Independent  Non-executive  Directors,  namely  Mr.  Pun  Chi  Ping,  Ms.  Leung  Pik 
Har, Christine and Mr. Khoo Wun Fat, William. Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine is the Chairlady of the Nomination 
Committee.

The  Nomination  Committee  is  mainly  responsible  for  reviewing  the  structure,  size  and  composition  of  the 
Board,  assessing  the  independence  of  independent  non-executive  directors,  identifying  potential  directors 
and making recommendations to the Board on the appointment or re-appointment of directors. Potential new 
directors  are  selected  on  the  basis  of  their  qualifications,  skills  and  experience  that  he/she  could  add  value 
to  the  management  through  his/her  contributions  in  the  relevant  strategic  business  areas.  The  Nomination 
Committee  is  also  authorised  to  obtain  independent  professional  advice,  at  the  Company’s  expense,  if  it 
considers  necessary.  The  full  terms  of  reference  are  available  on  the  Company’s  website  and  the  Hong  Kong 
Stock Exchange’s website.

35

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Corporate Governance Report 
 
 
 
NOMINATION COMMITTEE (continued)

The Nomination Committee met once during the year ended 31 December 2023 to review the board diversity 
policy (the “Board Diversity Policy”) and the nomination policy (the “Nomination Policy”) of the Company, 
the independence of independent non-executive directors, the structure, size and composition of the Board; 
and review and make recommendations to the Board on the re-election of directors. The attendance of each 
member is set out below:

Members

Number of attendance

Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine
Mr. Pun Chi Ping
Mr. Kwong Tin Lap (resigned on 18 April 2024)
Mr. Khoo Wun Fat, William (appointed on 18 April 2024)

BOARD DIVERSITY POLICY

1/1
1/1
1/1
0/0

The  Company  recognises  the  benefits  of  having  a  diverse  Board  to  enhance  the  quality  of  its  performance 
and  has  adopted  the  Board  Diversity  Policy.  The  Board  Diversity  Policy  sets  out  that  in  determining  the 
optimum composition of the Board, differences in skills, regional and industry experience, background, race, 
gender  and  other  qualities  of  directors  shall  be  considered.  All  Board  appointments  are  made  on  merits,  in 
the context of skills and experience the Board as a whole requires, with due regard to the benefits of diversity 
on  the  Board,  and  the  Nomination  Committee  and  the  Board  shall  review  and  assess  the  Board  composition 
and  its  effectiveness  on  an  annual  basis.  When  there  is  a  vacancy  on  Board,  the  Nomination  Committee  will 
recommend  suitable  candidates  for  appointment  to  the  Board  on  merits,  based  on  the  terms  of  reference  of 
the Nomination Committee, with due regard to the Company’s own circumstances.

During the year ended 31 December 2023, the Company maintained an effective Board comprising members 
of  different  genders,  professional  background  and  industry  experience.  The  Board  Diversity  Policy  has  been 
consistently implemented. As at 25 April 2024, being the latest practicable date before printing of this annual 
report, the Board consists of one female director and six male directors. The Board considered gender diversity 
in respect of the Board is satisfactory.

The  Group  has  taken,  and  will  continue  to  take,  steps  to  promote  diversity  at  all  levels  of  the  workforce 
(including senior management). Opportunities for employment, training and career development are equally 
opened to all eligible employees without discrimination so as to develop a pipeline of potential successors to 
the  Board  and  the  workforce.  As  at  31  December  2023,  the  male  to  female  ratio  in  the  workforce  (including 
senior management) is approximately 3:2. The Board considered gender diversity in respect of the workforce is 
achieved.

36

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Corporate Governance Report 
 
NOMINATION POLICY

The  Board  has  adopted  the  Nomination  Policy  which  setting  out  the  principles  that  guide  the  Nomination 
Committee to identify and evaluate a candidate for nomination to (i) the Board for appointment; and (ii) the 
shareholders for election as a director of the Company. According to the Nomination Policy, in assessing the 
suitability  of  a  proposed  candidate,  the  Board  shall  take  into  account,  among  others,  the  following  factors: 
(i)  qualifications,  professional  experience,  skills  and  knowledge  relevant  to  the  businesses  of  the  Group;  (ii) 
commitment in respect of available time and relevant interest; (iii) diversity perspectives set out in the Board 
Diversity Policy; (iv) in case of independent non-executive directors, regulatory requirement for appointment 
of independent non-executive directors and the independence criteria set out in the Listing Rules; and (v) any 
other factors that the Board considers appropriate.

For  filling  a  casual  vacancy  or  as  an  addition  to  the  existing  Board,  the  Nomination  Committee  shall  make 
recommendations for the Board’s consideration and approval. For proposing candidates to stand for election 
at  a  general  meeting,  the  Nomination  Committee  shall  make  nominations  to  the  Board  for  its  consideration 
and recommendation. On making recommendation, the Nomination Committee may submit to the Board for 
consideration a proposal comprising, inter alia, the personal profile of the proposed candidate, which contains 
at  least  the  candidate’s  information  required  to  be  disclosed  under  Rule  13.51  of  the  Listing  Rules.  The 
Board  shall  be  vested  with  power  to  make  the  final  decision  on  all  matters  relating  to  the  recommendation 
of  candidates  (i)  for  appointment;  and  (ii)  for  standing  for  election  at  a  general  meeting  as  a  director  of  the 
Company.

The  Nomination  Committee  will  review  the  Board  Diversity  Policy  annually  and  the  Nomination  Policy  from 
time to time to ensure that the polices will be implemented effectively.

AUDITOR AND AUDITOR’S REMUNERATION

The  statement  of  the  external  auditor  of  the  Company  about  their  responsibilities  on  the  Company’s 
consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2023  is  set  out  in  the  “Independent 
Auditor’s Report” on pages 78 to 82 of this annual report.

For  the  year  ended  31  December  2023,  the  remuneration  payable  to  the  Company’s  auditor,  Moore  CPA 
Limited  (formerly  known  as  Moore  Stephens  CPA  Limited),  for  the  provision  of  audit  services  amounted  to 
HK$1,450,000. During the year, a sum of HK$283,000 was paid as remuneration to Moore CPA Limited for the 
provision  of  non-audit  related  services.  These  non-audit  services  were  engaged  solely  on  the  basis  that  it 
was  more  effective  or  economical  than  to  engage  other  service  providers  to  provide  the  same,  and  that  the 
engagement  would  not  constitute  adverse  impact  on  the  independence  of  the  external  auditor.  The  nature 
and ratio of the fees paid to the external auditor for non-audit services and for audit services in 2023 had been 
scrutinised by the Audit Committee.

37

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Corporate Governance ReportAUDIT COMMITTEE

The  Audit  Committee  has  specific  written  terms  of  reference  that  is  in  compliance  with  the  CG  Code.  As  at 
25  April  2024,  being  the  latest  practicable  date  before  printing  of  this  annual  report,  the  Audit  Committee 
comprises three Independent Non-executive Directors, namely Mr. Pun Chi Ping, Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine 
and  Mr.  Khoo  Wun  Fat,  William,  who  among  themselves  possess  a  wealth  of  management  experience  in  the 
accounting profession, legal and commercial fields. Mr. Pun Chi Ping is the Chairman of the Audit Committee.

The Audit Committee is mainly responsible for reviewing the financial statements of the Company, reviewing 
the risk management and internal control systems of the Group and meeting with the auditor of the Company 
for audit matters. Any findings and recommendations of the Audit Committee will be submitted to the Board 
for consideration.

The  Audit  Committee  is  authorised  by  the  Board  to  investigate  any  activity  within  its  terms  of  reference.  It 
is  authorised  to  seek  any  information  it  requires  from  any  employee.  It  is  also  authorised  to  obtain  outside 
legal  or  other  independent  professional  advice  and  to  secure  the  attendance  of  outsiders  with  the  relevant 
experience and expertise if it considers necessary. The full terms of reference are available on the Company’s 
website and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange’s website.

The Audit Committee met three times during the year ended 31 December 2023 and the attendance of each 
member is set out below:

Members

Number of attendance

Mr. Pun Chi Ping
Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine
Mr. Kwong Tin Lap (resigned on 18 April 2024)
Mr. Khoo Wun Fat, William (appointed on 18 April 2024)

3/3
3/3
3/3
0/0

38

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Corporate Governance Report 
 
AUDIT COMMITTEE (continued)

The following is a summary of work performed by the Audit Committee during the year:

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

reviewed  and  discussed  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  for  the  year 
ended 31 December 2022 and recommended the same to the Board for approval;

reviewed  and  discussed  the  unaudited  condensed  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company 
for the six months ended 30 June 2023 and recommended the same to the Board for approval;

reviewed and discussed with the management and the auditor of the Company the accounting policies 
and  practices  which  might  have  significant  impact  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the 
Company and the scope of the audit;

reviewed report from the auditor of the Company regarding their audit on the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022;

reviewed the effectiveness of the risk management and internal control systems of the Group;

reviewed and approved the remuneration and the terms of engagement of the Company’s auditor; and 
reviewed  and  made  recommendations  to  the  Board  on  the  re-appointment  of  the  Company’s  auditor; 
and

reviewed  the  Non-audit  Service  Policy,  Anti-corruption  Policy  (referred  to  below)  and  Whistleblowing 
Policy (referred to below).

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE

The  Board  has  delegated  the  corporate  governance  duties  to  the  Corporate  Governance  Committee.  The 
Corporate  Governance  Committee  has  specific  written  terms  of  reference  that  includes  the  corporate 
governance  functions  set  out  in  the  CG  Code.  As  at  25  April  2024,  being  the  latest  practicable  date  before 
printing  of  this  annual  report,  the  Corporate  Governance  Committee  comprises  three  members,  including 
two Executive Directors, namely Mr. Sue Ka Lok and Mr. Chan Shui Yuen, and one Independent Non-executive 
Director,  namely  Mr.  Khoo  Wun  Fat,  William.  Mr.  Khoo  Wun  Fat,  William  is  the  Chairman  of  the  Corporate 
Governance Committee.

The  main  responsibilities  of  the  Corporate  Governance  Committee  are  (i)  to  develop  and  review  the  Group’s 
policies  and  practices  on  corporate  governance  and  make  recommendations  to  the  Board;  (ii)  to  review  and 
monitor  the  training  and  continuous  professional  development  of  directors  and  senior  management;  (iii)  to 
review and monitor the Group’s policies and practices on compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; 
(iv)  to  develop,  review  and  monitor  the  code  of  conduct  and  compliance  manual  applicable  to  employees 
and  directors  of  the  Group;  and  (v)  to  review  the  Group’s  compliance  with  the  CG  Code  and  its  disclosure 
requirements in the Corporate Governance Report. The full terms of reference are available on the Company’s 
website and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange’s website.

39

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Corporate Governance ReportCORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE (continued)

The  Corporate  Governance  Committee  met  once  during  the  year  ended  31  December  2023  to  review  the 
training and continuous professional development of directors; and the Group’s compliance with the CG Code. 
The attendance of each member is set out below:

Members

Number of attendance

Mr. Kwong Tin Lap (resigned on 18 April 2024)
Mr. Sue Ka Lok
Mr. Chan Shui Yuen
Mr. Khoo Wun Fat, William (appointed on 18 April 2024)

1/1
1/1
1/1
0/0

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES FOR CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The  Directors  acknowledge  their  responsibility  for  preparing  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the 
year  ended  31  December  2023,  which  give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  state  of  affairs  of  the  Company  and  of 
the  Group  at  that  date  and  of  the  Group’s  results  and  cash  flows  for  the  year  then  ended,  and  are  properly 
prepared on a going concern basis in accordance with the statutory requirements and applicable accounting 
standards.

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL

The Board acknowledges its responsibility for maintaining sound and effective risk management and internal 
control  systems  and  reviewing  their  effectiveness  to  safeguard  the  shareholders’  interests  and  the  Group’s 
assets  at  least  annually.  The  systems  are  designed  to  identifying,  analysing,  evaluating  and  mitigating  risk 
exposures  that  may  impact  the  continued  efficiency  and  effectiveness  of  the  operations  of  the  Group.  The 
goal of the risk management and internal control mechanism is to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
fulfilment of corporate development strategies and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or 
loss.

Effective  risk  management  is  essential  in  the  long-term  growth  and  sustainability  of  the  Group’s  businesses. 
The  Board  monitors  the  risk  management  and  internal  control  systems  on  an  ongoing  basis,  evaluates  and 
determines  the  nature  and  extent  of  the  risks  it  is  willing  to  take  in  achieving  the  strategic  objectives.  An 
annual  review  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  Group’s  risk  management  and  internal  control  systems  has  been 
conducted. The annual review covers financial, operational and compliance controls of key operations of the 
Group  and  ensures  the  adequacy  of  resources,  staff  qualifications  and  experience,  training  programmes  and 
budget of the Group’s accounting and financial reporting functions.

40

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Corporate Governance Report 
 
RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL (continued)

The  process  used  to  identify,  evaluate  and  manage  significant  risks  (including  environmental,  social 
and  governance  (“ESG”)  risks)  of  the  Group  is  embedded  in  the  Group’s  normal  business  operations. 
Organisational structure is well established with clearly defined authorities and responsibilities, and the Group 
has  developed  various  risk  management  and  internal  control  policies  and  procedures  for  each  business  unit 
to  follow.  Business  units  are  responsible  for  identifying,  assessing  and  monitoring  risks  (including  ESG  risks) 
associated with their respective units regularly. The results of the assessment are reported to the management 
which  subsequently  assesses  the  likelihood  of  risk  occurrence,  provides  remedial  plan  and  monitors  the 
progress  of  rectification  with  the  assistance  of  the  head  of  the  business  units.  The  results  of  the  assessment 
and  effectiveness  of  the  Group’s  risk  management  and  internal  control  systems  have  been  reported  to  the 
Audit Committee.

In  connection  with  the  controls  on  compliance  aspect,  guidelines  are  provided  to  the  directors,  officers, 
management  and  relevant  staff  members  in  handling  and  disseminating  sensitive  and  confidential  inside 
information with due care. Only personnel at appropriate level can get reach of the sensitive and confidential 
inside information.

The  Group  does  not  have  an  internal  audit  function  due  to  the  size  of  the  Group  and  consideration  for 
cost  effectiveness.  Instead,  the  Company  had  engaged  an  external  consultant  to  conduct  a  review  on  the 
Group’s  risk  management  and  internal  control  systems  to  identify  and  evaluate  significant  risks  (including 
ESG risks) of the Group’s business operations for the year ended 31 December 2023. The Board believes that 
the involvement of the external consultant could enhance the objectivity and transparency of the evaluation 
process.  The  external  consultant  had  conducted  an  annual  review  to  identify  risks  (including  ESG  risks)  that 
could  potentially  impact  the  businesses  of  the  Group,  review  key  operational  and  financial  processes  as  well 
as regulatory compliance and information security, and assess the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s 
risk  management  and  internal  control  systems.  The  review  covered  all  material  controls,  including  financial, 
operational  and  compliance  controls.  After  the  review,  an  Enterprise  Risk  Management  Report  (the  “ERM 
Report”) and Internal Control Report (the “IC Report”) with findings and recommendations for improvement 
in relation to the systems had been provided to the Audit Committee and the management. The ERM Report 
and the IC Report had been endorsed by the Audit Committee, and the management is required to establish 
remedial  plans  and  take  actions  to  rectify  those  internal  control  deficiencies  identified  (if  any)  according 
to  their  respective  risk  level  and  priorities.  Subsequent  review,  where  applicable,  will  be  performed  by  the 
external  consultant  to  monitor  the  implementation  of  those  agreed  recommendations  and  to  report  the 
results of the follow-up review to the Audit Committee.

After reviewing the ERM Report and the IC Report, the Board is not aware of any significant risk management 
and  internal  control  weaknesses  or  inconsistencies  with  the  Group’s  risk  management  and  internal  control 
policies, and considers the existing risk management and internal control systems are effective and adequate. 
The  Board  has  also  considered  the  adequacy  of  resources,  staff  qualifications  and  experience,  training 
programmes  and  budget  of  the  Group’s  accounting  and  financial  reporting  functions  as  well  as  those 
relating  to  the  Group’s  ESG  performance  and  reporting.  The  Board  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  Company  has 
complied with the relevant code provisions of the CG Code relating to risk management and internal control. 
Furthermore,  the  Board  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  Group  has  adequate  financial  and  human  resources  for  its 
accounting and financial reporting function.

41

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Corporate Governance ReportRISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL (continued)

Anti-corruption Policy

The  Board  has  adopted  an  anti-fraud  and  counter-corruption  policy  (the  “Anti-corruption  Policy”)  which 
forms  an  important  part  of  the  Group’s  effective  risk  management  and  internal  control  systems.  The  Group 
is  committed  to  achieving  high  standards  of  business  ethics  and  corporate  governance  across  all  business 
levels  and  operating  activities  and  has  zero  tolerance  towards  fraud  and  corruption.  It  strives  to  protect 
its  reputation,  assets  and  information  from  any  attempt  of  fraud,  corruption,  deceit  or  improper  conduct 
by  employees  or  third  parties.  In  line  with  this,  the  Anti-corruption  Policy  has  outlined  the  Company’s 
expectations  and  requirements  relating  to  the  prevention,  detection,  reporting  and  investigation  of  any 
suspected fraud, corruption and other similar irregularities. The Anti-corruption Policy applies to all employees 
of  the  Group  and  all  business  partners,  including  customers,  suppliers  and  debtors  dealing  with  the  Group. 
The Audit Committee has the overall responsibility for the implementation, monitoring and periodic review of 
the Anti-corruption Policy.

Whistleblowing Policy

The Board has adopted a whistleblowing policy (the “Whistleblowing Policy”) which forms an important part 
of the Group’s effective risk management and internal control systems. In line with the Group’s commitment 
to promote ethical standards and to uncover any fraud, malpractice and misconduct within the organisation, 
the purpose of the Whistleblowing Policy is to (i) encourage and assist any employee(s) of the Group or third 
parties (e.g. customers, suppliers, etc.) to raise the concern and disclose related information confidentially; (ii) 
provide reporting channels and guidance on whistleblowing to employees or third parties to raise the concern 
rather  than  neglecting  it;  and  (iii)  reveal  suspected  fraud,  malpractice  or  misconduct  before  these  activities 
cause  disruption  or  loss  to  the  Group.  The  Audit  Committee  has  the  overall  responsibility  for  implementing, 
monitoring  and  reviewing  the  effectiveness  of  the  Whistleblowing  Policy  and  the  actions  resulting  from  the 
investigation.

External parties who wish to obtain more information on the Anti-corruption Policy and Whistleblowing Policy 
could  contact  us  by  email  to  acchairman@epiholdings.com  or  by  mail  to  Rooms  1502-03,  15th  Floor,  Great 
Eagle Centre, 23 Harbour Road, Wanchai, Hong Kong.

COMPANY SECRETARY

Mr.  Chan  Shui  Yuen  (“Mr.  Chan”),  Executive  Director  of  the  Company,  was  appointed  the  Company 
Secretary  on  10  November  2017.  The  biographical  details  of  Mr.  Chan  are  set  out  under  the  section  headed 
“Biographical Details of Directors and Senior Management” on pages 19 to 21 of this annual report. Mr. Chan 
had  taken  no  less  than  15  hours  of  the  relevant  professional  training  during  the  year  ended  31  December 
2023.

42

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Corporate Governance ReportSHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

The  annual  general  meeting  (“AGM”)  of  the  Company  provides  a  forum  for  communication  between  the 
shareholders and the Board. The notice of the AGM is despatched to all shareholders at least twenty-one clear 
days prior to such AGM. The chairmen of all Board committees are invited to attend the AGM. The chairman of 
the Board and the chairmen of all the Board committees, or in their absence, other members of the respective 
committees,  are  available  to  answer  questions  at  the  AGM.  The  auditor  of  the  Company  is  also  invited  to 
attend  the  AGM  to  answer  questions  about  the  conduct  of  the  audit,  the  preparation  and  content  of  the 
auditor’s report, the accounting policies and the auditor’s independence.

Procedures for shareholders to convene a special general meeting

In  accordance  with  Bye-law  64  of  the  Company’s  Bye-laws,  the  Board  may,  whenever  it  thinks  fit,  convene  a 
special general meeting, and shareholders holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than one-
tenth of the paid up capital of the Company carrying the right of voting at general meetings of the Company 
shall at all times have the right, by written requisition to the Directors or the Company Secretary, to require a 
special  general  meeting  to  be  called  by  the  Board  for  the  transaction  of  any  business  or  resolution  specified 
in  such  requisition;  and  such  meeting  shall  be  held  within  two  months  after  the  deposit  of  such  requisition. 
If  within  twenty-one  days  of  such  deposit  the  Directors  fail  to  proceed  to  convene  such  meeting,  the 
requisitionists themselves may do so in accordance with the provisions of Section 74(3) of the Companies Act 
1981 of Bermuda (the “Companies Act”), but any meeting so convened shall not be held after the expiration 
of three months from the said date.

Procedures for shareholders to put forward proposals at general meetings

Pursuant to the Companies Act, any number of shareholders representing not less than one-twentieth of the 
total voting rights of all the shareholders having at the date of the requisition a right to vote at the meeting to 
which the requisition relates; or not less than one hundred shareholders, can request the Company in writing 
to:

(a) 

(b) 

give  to  shareholders  of  the  Company  entitled  to  receive  notice  of  the  next  annual  general  meeting 
notice  of  any  resolution  which  may  properly  be  moved  and  is  intended  to  be  moved  at  that  meeting; 
and

circulate to shareholders of the Company entitled to have notice of any general meeting send to them 
any  statement  of  not  more  than  one  thousand  words  with  respect  to  the  matter  referred  to  in  any 
proposed resolution or the business to be dealt with at that meeting.

The  requisition  must  be  deposited  to  the  Company  not  less  than  six  weeks  before  the  meeting  in  case  of  a 
requisition requiring notice of a resolution or not less than one week before the meeting in case of any other 
requisition.

43

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Corporate Governance ReportSHAREHOLDER RIGHTS (continued)

Procedures for shareholders to propose a person for election as a director of the Company 

According to Bye-law 104 of the Company’s Bye-laws, no person other than a director retiring at the general 
meeting  of  the  Company  shall,  unless  recommended  by  the  board  for  election,  be  eligible  for  election  as  a 
director  at  any  general  meeting  of  the  Company,  unless  notice  in  writing  of  the  intention  to  propose  that 
person  for  election  as  a  director  and  notice  in  writing  by  that  person  of  his  willingness  to  be  elected  shall 
have  been  lodged  at  the  Company’s  principal  place  of  business  in  Hong  Kong  or  at  the  Company’s  branch 
share registrar and transfer office in Hong Kong, Tricor Tengis Limited, at least seven days before the date of 
the  general  meeting  and  the  period  for  lodgement  of  such  notices  shall  commence  no  earlier  than  the  day 
immediately after the despatch of the notice of the general meeting appointed for such election and shall be 
at least seven days in length.

Procedures for directing shareholders’ enquiries to the Board

Shareholders  may  at  any  time  send  their  enquiries  and  concerns  in  writing  to  the  Company  Secretary  at  the 
Company’s  principal  place  of  business  in  Hong  Kong  at  Rooms  1502-03,  15th  Floor,  Great  Eagle  Centre,  23 
Harbour Road, Wanchai, Hong Kong.

Shareholders Communication Policy

The  Group  has  adopted  a  shareholders  communication  policy  (the  “Shareholders  Communication  Policy”) 
which  sets  out  the  objective  of  ensuring  that  the  Company’s  shareholders,  both  individual  and  institutional 
and,  in  appropriate  circumstances,  the  investment  community  at  large,  are  provided  with  ready,  equal 
and  timely  access  to  balanced  and  understandable  information  about  the  Company  (including  its  financial 
performance,  strategic  goals  and  plans,  material  developments,  governance  and  risk  profile),  in  order  to 
enable  the  shareholders  to  exercise  their  rights  in  an  informed  manner,  and  to  allow  the  shareholders  and 
the  investment  community  to  engage  actively  with  the  Company.  The  Group  has  established  a  range  of 
communication  channels  between  itself  and  the  shareholders,  investors  and  other  stakeholders.  These 
include  (i)  contacting  the  Hong  Kong  branch  share  registrar,  Tricor  Tengis  Limited,  regarding  questions  on 
shareholdings;  (ii)  publishing  corporate  communications  such  as  announcements,  circulars  and  annual  and 
interim reports; (iii) maintaining a corporate website at www.epiholdings.com; and (iv) holding shareholders’ 
meetings. The Board has the overall responsibility to maintain an ongoing dialogue with the shareholders and 
the  investment  community,  and  will  regularly  review  the  Shareholders  Communication  Policy  to  ensure  its 
effectiveness.

For the year ended 31 December 2023, the Board had reviewed the implementation and effectiveness of the 
Shareholders  Communication  Policy  including  steps  taken  at  the  general  meetings,  the  handling  of  queries 
received (if any) and the multiple channels of communication and engagement in place, and considered that 
the  Shareholders  Communication  Policy  had  been  properly  implemented  during  the  year  under  review  and 
remains effective.

44

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Corporate Governance ReportINVESTOR RELATIONS

As  a  channel  to  further  promote  effective  communication,  the  Group  maintains  a  website  at 
www.epiholdings.com  where  the  Company’s  annual  and  interim  reports,  notices,  announcements  and 
circulars are posted.

Amendments  have  been  made  to  the  Company’s  constitutional  documents  during  the  year  ended  31 
December  2023.  The  shareholders  of  the  Company  approved  the  amendments  to  the  old  Bye-laws  and 
adopted an amended and restated Bye-laws (the “New Bye-laws”) at the annual general meeting held on 29 
June  2023  in  order  to  (i)  bring  the  old  Bye-laws  in  line  with  the  Core  Shareholder  Protection  Standards  set 
out in Appendix 3 (renamed as Appendix A1 since 31 December 2023) to the Listing Rules; (ii) reflect certain 
updates in relation to the applicable laws of Bermuda and the Listing Rules; and (iii) make some housekeeping 
amendments.

A  copy  of  the  New  Bye-laws  has  been  published  on  the  websites  of  the  Company  and  the  Hong  Kong  Stock 
Exchange.

Enquiries may be put to the Board through the Company Secretary at Rooms 1502-03, 15th Floor, Great Eagle 
Centre, 23 Harbour Road, Wanchai, Hong Kong.

DIVIDEND POLICY

According  to  the  dividend  policy  adopted  by  the  Company,  in  deciding  whether  to  propose  a  dividend  and 
in  determining  the  dividend  amount,  the  Board  shall  take  into  account,  among  others,  the  following  factors: 
(i)  the  actual  and  expected  financial  performance  of  the  Group;  (ii)  the  retained  earnings  and  distributable 
reserves  of  the  Group;  (iii)  the  expected  working  capital  requirements  and  future  expansion  plans  of  the 
Group;  (iv)  the  liquidity  position  of  the  Group;  and  (v)  any  other  factors  that  the  Board  deems  appropriate. 
The  declaration  and  payment  of  dividends  by  the  Company  shall  be  determined  at  the  sole  and  absolute 
discretion of the Board and is also subject to compliance with all applicable laws and regulations including the 
Companies Act and the Company’s Bye-laws.

SUFFICIENCY OF PUBLIC FLOAT

Based  on  information  that  is  publicly  available  to  the  Company  and  within  the  knowledge  of  the  Directors, 
at  least  25%  of  the  Company’s  total  issued  shares  is  held  by  the  public  as  at  25  April  2024,  being  the  latest 
practicable date before printing of this annual report.

45

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Corporate Governance ReportINTRODUCTION

The Board is pleased to present this Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) Report (“ESG Report”) of 
the Group for the year ended 31 December 2023 (the “Reporting Period” or “2023”). The Group is principally 
engaged  in  the  business  of  petroleum  exploration  and  production,  solar  energy,  money  lending  and 
investment in securities.

The  ESG  Report  summarises  the  policies,  sustainability  strategies,  management  approach  and  initiatives 
implemented by the Group, as well as the performance of the Group in environmental and social aspects of its 
businesses during 2023, and the comparative data for the year ended 31 December 2022 (“2022”).

REPORTING SCOPE

The  Group  identifies  the  reporting  scope  by  considering  the  materiality  principle,  its  core  business  and  its 
main  revenue  source.  The  Group  operates  an  oil  field  which  comprises  petroleum  and  natural  gas  rights, 
facilities  and  pipelines,  together  with  all  other  properties  and  assets  located  in  Alberta  Province  in  Canada 
(the  “Canadian  Oil  Assets”).  The  scope  of  this  ESG  Report  covers  the  Group’s  major  business  operations 
and  activities  in  Hong  Kong  and  the  petroleum  exploration  and  production  business  in  Canada  since  the 
completion of acquisition of the Canadian Oil Assets in July 2022. The Group will further expand its reporting 
scope in the future, where appropriate.

REPORTING BASIS

The  ESG  Report  has  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  Environmental,  Social  and  Governance  Reporting 
Guide  set  out  in  Appendix  27  (renamed  as  Appendix  C2  since  31  December  2023)  to  the  Listing  Rules. 
Information  relating  to  the  Group’s  corporate  governance  practices  is  set  out  in  the  “Corporate  Governance 
Report” on pages 29 to 45 of this annual report.

REPORTING PRINCIPLES

The Group adheres to the following reporting principles as the basis for preparation of the ESG Report:

Materiality:  The  content  of  this  ESG  Report  is  determined  by  stakeholder  participation  and  materiality 
assessment  process,  which  includes  identifying  material  environmental  and  social  related  issues,  collecting 
and reviewing the views and suggestions of the management and stakeholders, assessing the relevance and 
significance of different issues and compiling the reported content, further details of which are set out in the 
sections headed “Stakeholder Engagement” and “Materiality Assessment” below.

Quantitative:  The  key  performance  indicators  (“KPIs”)  relating  to  the  environmental  and  social  aspects  are 
disclosed in this ESG Report which provide stakeholders of the Group a comprehensive picture of the Group’s 
ESG  performance.  Where  appropriate,  relevant  data  are  supplemented  by  explanatory  notes  to  establish 
benchmarks.

46

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportREPORTING PRINCIPLES (continued)

Balance:  Every  effort  has  been  made  in  this  ESG  Report  to  reflect  the  performance  of  the  Group’s  ESG 
activities impartially and has avoided selection, omission or presentation of format that might inappropriately 
influence the decision or judgment of the readers of this ESG Report.

Consistency:  Except  for  the  change  in  reporting  scope,  the  approach  in  preparing  this  ESG  Report  is 
consistent  with  the  ESG  reports  in  the  previous  years  to  allow  for  meaningful  comparison.  If  there  are  any 
additional changes that may affect the comparison with the previous reports, explanation will be provided for 
the corresponding data.

ESG MANAGEMENT

Report from the Board

The  Group  is  committed  to  corporate  social  responsibility  and  recognises  the  importance  of  environmental, 
social  and  economic  benefits.  The  Group  also  hopes  to  balance  its  business  development  with  the  interests 
of its key stakeholders and operates its businesses in a sustainable manner. To achieve this vision, the Group 
has set a sustainability framework that focuses on environmental protection, resource management, employee 
and  community  well-being  and  guides  its  sustainability  efforts  to  ensure  that  sustainability  elements  are 
integrated into all operation and business decisions.

Global  warming  is  a  growing  concern.  As  a  socially  responsible  corporate,  the  Group  is  committed  to 
mitigating  its  environmental  impact  and  integrating  responsible  environmental  practices  into  its  businesses. 
The  Group  has  been  running  its  solar  energy  business  with  a  view  to  contribute  its  efforts  in  promoting  the 
use  of  clean  and  renewable  energy  and  building  a  greener  environment.  The  Board  retains  the  collective 
responsibility  for  the  management  approach,  strategies  and  reporting  of  the  Group’s  ESG  matters.  The 
members  of  the  Board  possess  the  appropriate  skills,  experience,  knowledge  and  perspectives  necessary  to 
oversee  the  Group’s  ESG  matters.  The  Board  holds  at  least  one  meeting  each  year  to  establish  the  overall 
ESG  approach,  oversee  and  assess  the  potential  impacts  and  risks  of  the  ESG  issues  related  to  the  Group’s 
operations,  review  the  Group’s  performance  against  the  ESG-related  targets  and  the  materiality  of  the  ESG 
issues, ensure the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems and approve the 
disclosures in the ESG reports.

To achieve this vision, the Board has set a number of environmental and social KPIs and has taken a top-down 
approach  to  disintegrate  the  KPIs  into  the  functional  departments.  The  Board  not  only  aimed  to  improve 
the  well-being  of  the  employees,  but  also  encourages  the  employees  to  participate  in  making  changes  in 
different areas, which include reducing greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions and making good use of resources. 
During the Reporting Period, the Board had actively supported the implementation of the Group’s sustainable 
development strategies and the action plans by the management team and all employees. The relevant scope, 
progress and achievements relating to the environmental and social KPIs are disclosed in this ESG Report. The 
Group hopes that its professional management team can continue to commit to stable operation and prudent 
financial  management  policy,  meet  the  challenges  ahead  with  success,  implement  sustainable  development 
strategies, improve business performance and create more meaningful long-term value for the enterprise and 
its stakeholders.

47

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportESG MANAGEMENT (continued)

Governance Structure

The  Board  believes  that  sound  ESG  strategies  can  create  investment  value  for  the  Group  and  deliver  long-
term  returns  to  its  stakeholders.  The  establishment  of  an  appropriate  governance  framework  is  critical  to 
the  successful  implementation  of  the  Group’s  ESG  sustainability  strategies  and  an  ESG  governance  structure 
with clear duties and responsibilities has been set up by the Group. The Board has established the long-term 
policies  and  strategies  for  all  sustainability  matters  and  will  review  the  implementation  status  and  progress 
of  the  ESG  matters  annually  and  report  on  its  performance.  The  Board  has  also  reviewed  the  progress  made 
against  the  ESG-related  goals  and  targets  through  internal  meetings  with  the  management  team.  The 
management  team  reports  to  the  Board  at  least  annually  to  assist  the  Board  in  assessing  and  determining 
whether the Company has established an appropriate and effective internal control system to contain the ESG 
risks.  At  the  operational  level,  functional  units  are  responsible  for  ensuring  the  integration  of  sustainability 
strategies  and  practices  into  the  Group’s  business  operations  as  well  as  the  process  of  exploring  new  action 
plans/initiatives.

The Board

Board members are responsible for:
  Develop  long-term sustainable development policies and strategies
  Assess and iden�fy risks and opportuni�es associated with ESG
  Ensure appropriate and effec�ve ESG risk management and internal 

monitoring systems are in place

  Review and approve policies, objec�ves and ac�on plans/measures 

rela�ng to ESG ma�ers

  Approve ESG reports

Members of the management team are responsible for:
  Develop and review ESG-related policies, objec�ves and ac�on 

Management
team

plans/measures

  Monitor and report to the Board on the progress of the 

implementa�on of ESG ac�on plans/measures

  Iden�fy ESG risks and opportuni�es
  Review ESG reports

Func�onal 
departments

Func�onal departments are responsible for:
  Iden�fy, assess, define and report to the management on significant 

ESG issues

  Perform ESG risk management and internal monitoring
  Ensure ESG-related policies, objec�ves and ac�on plans/measures are 

integrated into business opera�ons

  Report to the management on the progress and results of ESG ac�on 

plans/measures

48

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportESG MANAGEMENT (continued)

Governance Structure (continued)

The  Board  has  appointed  an  independent  consultant  to  provide  advice  on  the  ESG  matters  and  assist 
in  collecting  data  and  information  for  conducting  various  analyses,  and  providing  improvement 
recommendations  on  the  Group’s  ESG  performance.  The  Group  has  also  collected  the  views  of  key 
stakeholders  on  ESG  matters  during  daily  operations  and  conducted  a  materiality  assessment  to  identify 
important  ESG  issues  for  the  Group,  details  of  which  are  set  out  in  the  sections  headed  “Stakeholder 
Engagement” and “Materiality Assessment” below. To effectively lead the ESG process of the Group, the Board 
monitors  the  work  of  all  departments  to  ensure  that  they  work  closely  together  to  achieve  the  sustainable 
development goals of operational compliance and social responsibility.

Stakeholder Engagement

The  Group  is  committed  to  maintaining  sustainable  development  of  its  businesses  and  providing  support 
to  environmental  protection  and  the  community  in  which  it  operates.  The  Group  maintains  a  close  tie 
with  its  stakeholders,  including  government/regulatory  organisations,  shareholders/investors,  employees, 
customers, suppliers, community, etc. and strives to balance their opinions and interests through constructive 
communications in order to determine the directions of its sustainable development. The Group assesses and 
determines its ESG-related risks, and ensures that the relevant risk management and internal control systems 
are operating properly and effectively. The following table contains the expectations and concerns of the key 
stakeholders, as identified by the Group, and the corresponding management response:

Stakeholders

Expectations and concerns

Management response

Government/
regulatory 
organisations

Shareholders/
investors

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Compliance with laws and 
regulations

Fulfil tax obligations

Return on investment

Information transparency

Corporate governance system

• 

• 

• 

Uphold integrity and compliance in 
operations

Pay tax on time, which in return 
contributing to the society

Establish comprehensive and 
effective internal control and risk 
management systems

•  Management possesses experience 
and professional knowledge in 
business sustainability

• 

• 

Regular information dissemination 
via publications on the websites of 
the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and 
the Company

Dedicated to improvement 
of internal control and risk 
management systems

49

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportESG MANAGEMENT (continued)

Stakeholder Engagement (continued)

Stakeholders

Expectations and concerns

Management response

Employees

Customers

Suppliers

Community

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Labour rights

Career development

Compensation and welfare

Health and workplace safety

High quality products and 
customer services

Integrity

Corporate reputation

Environmental protection

Reduce GHG emissions

Effective resources utilisation

Community contribution

Economic development

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Set up contractual obligations to 
protect labour rights

Encourage employees to participate 
in continuous education and 
professional trainings to enhance 
competency

Establish fair, reasonable and 
competitive remuneration scheme

Pay attention to occupational health 
and workplace safety

Provide high quality products and 
services continuously in order to 
maintain customer satisfaction

Ensure proper contractual 
obligations are in place

Ensure the performance of 
contractual obligations

Establish policy and procedures 
regarding supply chain management

Stringent selection of suppliers

Pay attention to climate change

Strengthen management in energy 
saving and emission reduction

Encourage employees to actively 
participate in charitable activities 
and voluntary services

Ensure good and stable financial 
performance and business growth

50

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportESG MANAGEMENT (continued)

Stakeholder Engagement (continued)

The following table contains the Group’s communication channels with key stakeholders:

Stakeholders

Communication channels

Government/
regulatory 
organisations

Shareholders/investors

Employees

Customers

Suppliers

Community

•  Written or electronic correspondences

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Visits and inspections

Compliance and legal advisor

General meetings

Interim reports and annual reports

Announcements and circulars

Company website and email

Training activities, seminars and briefings

Internal email

Suggestion boxes

Regular meetings

Performance appraisals

Customer service hotline

Emails

Customer meetings

Site visits

Business meetings and discussions

ESG reports

Company website and email

Reports and announcements

51

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportESG MANAGEMENT (continued)

Materiality Assessment

During  the  Reporting  Period,  the  Board  held  discussions  with  the  management  team  and  conducted 
materiality  assessment  through  various  channels  to  identify  ESG  issues  which  both  the  Group  and  its  key 
stakeholders are interested in and assessed the level of concern in accordance with their perspectives so as to 
select the material ESG-related aspects. For the materiality assessment, the Group has adopted the following 
three processes:

Iden�fica�on

  Iden�fies ESG issues through diverse channels and 

internal discussion

  Examines and adopts the ESG issues of concern in the 

past stakeholders’ engagement

  Draws a�en�on to emerging ESG issues

Priori�sa�on

  Synthesises, analyses and evaluates the views of all 
par�es to iden�fy and priori�ses poten�al and 
important issues

  Develops materiality matrix based on the importance of 

the issue to the Group and its key stakeholders

Valida�on

  Interacts with the management team to validate the 
materiality assessment and ensure that these issues 
are aligned with the sustainable development direc�on 
sought by the Group

  Reports the materiality assessment to the Board and 

makes disclosure in the ESG Report

52

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportESG MANAGEMENT (continued)

Materiality Assessment (continued)

Materiality  assessment  facilitates  the  Group  to  ensure  its  business  objectives  and  development  direction  are 
in line with the expectations and requirements of its stakeholders. During the Reporting Period, there was no 
significant change in the materiality of ESG issues, as there was no significant change in the Group’s business 
nature.  The  matters  of  concern  of  the  Group  and  its  stakeholders  are  presented  in  the  following  materiality 
matrix:

Materiality Matrix

  Anti-discrimination 

  Talent management

  Customer’s satisfaction

measures

h
g
H

i

 

Labour rights 
protection

  Staff training and 

  Product and customer 

promotion opportunity

service quality

  Staff compensation and 

  Suppliers management

welfare

  Community 
contribution

  Anti-corruption 
measures

m
u

i

d
e
M

  Air and GHG emissions

  Energy conservation 

measures

  Employment and 

labour practices

  Occupational health 
and workplace safety

  Operational compliance

  Client’s privacy 

measures and 
protection

  Product safety

  Preventive measures for 

child and forced labour

w
o
L

  Water resource 
utilisation

  Generation of non– 
hazardous wastes

  Generation of 

hazardous wastes

 

Indoor air quality

s
r
e
d

l

o
h
e
k
a
t
S
o
t
e
c
n
a
t
r
o
p
m

I

Low

Medium

High

Importance to the Group

  Environmental

  Employee

  Operation

53

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance Report 
 
A. 

ENVIRONMENTAL

During  the  Reporting  Period,  the  Group  continued  with  its  business  development  of  the  Canadian  Oil 
Assets and performed drilling and completion work for four new wells drilled in 2023, and completion 
work  for  three  new  wells  that  commenced  drilling  in  2022  (2022:  drilling  work  for  three  new  wells), 
whilst fewer number of well intervention work (including production enhancement work, abandonment 
work and maintenance work) were performed as compared with 2022. During the Reporting Period, the 
Canadian Oil Assets produced approximately 183,900 barrels (“bbl”) (2022: approximately 81,300 bbl) of 
crude oil.

Owing  to  the  Group’s  business  nature,  its  daily  operations  may  impact,  both  directly  and  indirectly, 
the  environment.  Therefore,  the  Group  is  committed  to  maintaining  the  long-term  sustainability  of 
the  environment  and  community  where  the  Group  operates,  and  thus  integrated  environmental  and 
social  consideration  into  its  decision  making  process  and  assumes  the  responsibilities  of  creating  an 
environmentally sustainable business.

As the Group is engaged in the petroleum exploration and production business, it inevitably generates 
emissions  and  other  pollutants  during  daily  operations.  The  Group  recognises  the  importance 
of  continuous  improvement  on  ESG  performance  and  its  responsibilities  towards  the  potential 
negative  environmental  impacts  associated  with  its  business  operations,  and  thus  has  established 
relevant  internal  guidelines  to  ensure  strict  compliance  with  all  local  environmental-related  laws 
and  regulations,  as  well  as  focuses  on  nurturing  and  strengthening  its  employees’  awareness  of 
environmental protection in their daily work processes.

Owing  to  the  nature  of  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets  operation,  GHG  emissions  from  consumption  of 
different  types  of  fuel  and  energy,  together  with  hazardous  and  non-hazardous  waste  arising  from 
operation  will  be  inevitably  produced,  which  will  be  discussed  in  the  sections  “A1.  Emissions”  and 
“A2.  Use  Of  Resources”  below.  The  daily  operations  of  the  oil  field,  the  drilling  of  new  wells  and  all 
other  production  enhancement  activities  consume  different  types  of  fuel  and  energy  including  (i) 
electricity  and  propane  consumed  mainly  for  well  fluid  extraction  from  wells,  water  separation  from 
well  fluid,  and  water  injection  back  into  underground;  and  (ii)  diesel  and  propane  consumed  mainly 
for  running  rigs  for  new  wells  drilling  and  other  production  enhancement  activities.  The  consumption 
of  fuel  and  energy  generated  Scope  1  GHG  emissions,  and  purchase  of  electricity  generated  Scope  2 
GHG emissions. In addition, hazardous wastes including waste oil and fluid, and non-hazardous wastes 
including drill cuttings, will be produced from daily operations, new wells drilling and other production 
enhancement activities of the Canadian Oil Assets.

54

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportA. 

ENVIRONMENTAL (continued)

The  Group  commenced  its  solar  energy  business  in  2021  through  investing  in  solar  energy  power 
generation projects located in Hong Kong, under which solar photovoltaic systems built are connected 
to the power grid of CLP Power Hong Kong (“CLP”) under the Renewable Energy Feed-in Tariff Scheme 
(the  “FiT  Scheme”),  and  electricity  produced  by  the  solar  photovoltaic  systems  is  supplied  and  sold 
to  CLP.  The  FiT  Scheme  is  an  initiative  promoted  by  the  two  power  companies  and  the  Hong  Kong 
Government  aiming  to  incentivise  the  private  sector  to  produce  clean  energy  for  consumption  in 
Hong  Kong,  which  also  serves  as  an  important  mean  of  the  government’s  plan  to  achieve  carbon 
neutrality  before  2025.  The  Group  has  successfully  integrated  the  environmental  protection  aspect  of 
its  ESG-initiatives  into  a  viable  business  model,  and  is  committed  to  continue  contributing  its  efforts 
in  promoting  the  use  of  clean  and  renewable  energy  and  building  a  greener  environment  for  the 
community.

Operational Compliance
The  Group  adopts  industry  practices  and  guidelines  in  its  management  of  environmental  risks  arising 
from the petroleum exploration and production operation in Canada. The Group strictly complies with 
all  the  relevant  environmental  laws  and  regulations.  During  the  Reporting  Period,  the  Group  was  not 
aware  of  any  material  non-compliance  with  laws  and  regulations  in  Canada  concerning  air  and  GHG 
emissions, discharges into water and land, and generation of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes that 
would have a significant impact on the Group, including but not limited to the Alberta Energy Regulator 
Directive  058:  Oilfield  Waste  Management  Requirements  for  the  Upstream  Petroleum  Industry, 
Canadian Environmental Protection Act, 1999 (CEPA 1999), Environmental Protection and Enhancement 
Act (EPEA) and Environmental Management Act (EMA) of Canada.

A1.  Emissions

Air and GHG Emissions

The Group is committed to minimising air emissions from its operations and ensuring compliance 
with the statutory emission standards. As the Group’s daily operations currently do not involve in 
the usage of company vehicles, the Group does not generate significant amount of air emissions 
owing  to  the  use  of  vehicles.  Nonetheless,  the  Group  has  established  policies  relating  to  fuel-
saving of company vehicles such as minimising their use, eliminating excessive fuel consumption, 
and carrying out regular vehicle inspection and maintenance.

The  Group  has  always  been  committed  to  assessing  and  reporting  its  carbon  footprint  to  the 
public.  During  the  Reporting  Period,  the  major  sources  of  the  Group’s  GHG  emissions  were 
(i)  direct  GHG  emissions  arising  from  fugitive  emissions  from  oil  wells,  diesel  and  propane 
consumption  related  to  daily  operations,  drilling  of  new  wells  and  all  other  production 
enhancement  activities  of  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets  (Scope  1);  and  (ii)  energy  indirect  GHG 
emissions  from  electricity  purchased  for  the  daily  operations  of  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets  (Scope 
2).  The  Group  has  set  a  target  in  2022  to  gradually  reduce  the  Group’s  GHG  emissions  intensity 
(tCO2e/thousand bbl) over the next five years, using 2022 as the baseline year. To achieve the set 
target, the Group will continue its efforts in mitigating the GHG emissions in the following years 
including exploring ways to lower the use of purchased electricity, phasing out energy-inefficient 
equipment  when  it  reaches  the  end  of  the  equipment  lifecycle  and  enhancing  the  Group’s 
employees’ environmental awareness.

55

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportA. 

ENVIRONMENTAL (continued)

A1.  Emissions (continued)

Air and GHG Emissions (continued)

During  the  Reporting  Period,  the  Group’s  total  GHG  emissions  intensity  (tCO2e/thousand  bbl) 
decreased  by  4.20%  compared  to  2022.  This  is  the  combined  effect  of  the  increase  in  crude  oil 
production,  the  use  of  more  efficient  diesel  utilisation  equipment  for  new  wells  drilling,  and 
fewer  number  of  well  intervention  work  performed  during  the  Reporting  Period,  while  the 
increase in crude oil production outpaced the increase in total GHG emissions. The Group is thus 
on track to achieve its target and will continue to mitigating its GHG emissions in the future.

Summary of GHG emissions and its intensity performance is as follows:

Indicator1

Unit

2023

20222

Scope 1 – Direct GHG 

emissions

Scope 2 – Energy indirect 

GHG emissions

Total GHG emissions
Intensity

Notes:

tCO2e

469.60

442.51

tCO2e
tCO2e
tCO2e/employee3
tCO2e/thousand bbl4

3,384.12
3,853.72
148.22
20.96

1,335.95
1,778.46
77.32
21.88

1. 

GHG emissions data are presented in terms of carbon dioxide equivalent and are based on, but not 

limited  to,  “The  Greenhouse  Gas  Protocol:  A  Corporate  Accounting  and  Reporting  Standard”  issued 

by  the  World  Resources  Institute  and  the  World  Business  Council  for  Sustainable  Development, 

“How to prepare an ESG Report – Appendix 2: Reporting Guidance on Environmental KPIs” issued by 

the  Hong  Kong  Stock  Exchange,  the  “Global  Warming  Potential  Values”  from  the  Sixth  Assessment 

Report (AR6) of the Intergovermental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) and the Sustainability Report 

2023 published by HK Electric.

2. 

3. 

The data of 2022 has been restated due to the revision of the calculation method.

As at 31 December 2023, the Group had a total of 26 (2022: 23) directors and employees. This data is 

used for calculating intensity data per employee and employees related data.

4. 

During  the  Reporting  Period,  the  Group’s  Canadian  Oil  Assets  produced  approximately  183,900  bbl 

(2022: 81,300 bbl) of crude oil. As a significant portion of the GHG emissions/hazardous wastes/non-

hazardous  wastes/energy  consumption  was  generated  from/produced  by  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets, 

crude oil production from the Canadian Oil Assets is used for calculating intensity data per thousand 

bbl, in addition to intensity per employee.

56

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance Report 
 
 
 
A. 

ENVIRONMENTAL (continued)

A1.  Emissions (continued)

Air and GHG Emissions (continued)

During the Reporting Period, the Group did not generate any nitrogen oxides (2022: nil), sulphur 
oxides  (2022:  nil)  and  particulate  matter  (2022:  nil)  as  its  operations  currently  do  not  involve  in 
the usage of company vehicles.

Sewage Discharge

The  Group’s  offices  in  Hong  Kong  and  Canada  do  not  consume  a  significant  volume  of  water  during 
their  daily  operations,  and  thus  do  not  generate  a  material  portion  of  sewage.  As  waste  water  from 
the  Group’s  offices  will  be  discharged  into  sewage  pipe  networks  connected  to  the  regional  water 
purification  plants,  the  water  consumed  by  the  Group  is  considered  as  sewage  discharged.  Details  of 
the  Group’s  water  injection  work  process  and  water  consumption  are  set  out  in  the  section  headed 
“Water Resource Utilisation” below.

Waste Management

Hazardous wastes

The  Group’s  Canadian  Oil  Assets  operation  inevitably  generates  hazardous  wastes  including  waste  oil 
and  fluid  from  its  daily  operations,  new  wells  drilling  and  other  production  enhancement  activities. 
Nonetheless,  the  Group  strictly  abides  by  all  waste-related  laws  and  regulations  in  Canada  and  strives 
to reduce the amount of hazardous wastes generated from its operations. The Group engages qualified 
subcontractors to collect, manage and dispose of all hazardous wastes generated from its operations, in 
compliance with local laws and regulations.

In  order  to  minimise  the  environmental  impacts  from  hazardous  wastes  generated  from  the  Group’s 
operations  and  achieve  the  set  target,  the  Group  has  implemented  measures  to  reduce  waste 
production  and  regularly  monitors  the  waste  production  level.  If  any  abnormal  fluctuations  in  the 
amount  of  hazardous  waste  produced  are  identified,  the  Group  will  conduct  investigation  to  identify 
the source of such fluctuations. It is the Group’s internal operational guidance to entrust all hazardous 
wastes to qualified third party for compliant disposal.

During  the  Reporting  Period,  the  Group’s  total  hazardous  wastes  intensity  (tonne/thousand  bbl) 
decreased  by  42.11%  compared  to  2022.  This  is  the  combined  effect  of  the  increase  in  the  number  of 
new well drilling and completion work performed while the increase in crude oil production outpaced 
the increase in total hazardous wastes during the Reporting Period.

57

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportA. 

ENVIRONMENTAL (continued)

Waste Management (continued)

Hazardous wastes (continued)

Summary of hazardous wastes disposal and its intensity performance is as follows:

Indicator

Unit

Total hazardous wastes
Intensity

tonne
tonne/employee
tonne/thousand bbl

2023

140.89
5.42
0.77

20225

108.47
4.72
1.33

Note:

5. 

The data of 2022 has been restated due to the revision of the calculation method.

Non-hazardous wastes

The  Group’s  Canadian  Oil  Assets  operation  inevitably  generates  non-hazardous  waste  including 
waste  papers  from  its  daily  operations  and  drill  cuttings  from  new  wells  drilling  and  other  production 
enhancement  activities.  The  Group  strives  to  minimise  the  potential  environmental  risks  and 
impacts  caused  by  its  wastes  by  developing  effective  waste  treatment  strategies  and  policies.  Waste 
management mainly involves recycling waste papers and collection of domestic wastes. Clearly labelled 
recycling  bins  are  provided  for  collection  of  waste  papers,  plastic  bottles,  etc.  Wastes  are  properly 
sorted  and  are  stored  in  designated  collection  areas.  After  identifying  and  classifying  the  wastes,  the 
recyclable  wastes  collected  are  then  delivered  to  the  waste  collectors  for  regular  recycling.  In  respect 
of  drill  cuttings,  it  is  the  Group’s  internal  operational  guidance  to  entrust  this  non-hazardous  waste 
produced in the oil field to licensed third party for compliant disposal.

In  order  to  minimise  the  environmental  impacts  from  non-hazardous  wastes  generated  from  the 
Group’s  operations,  the  Group  has  implemented  measures  to  reduce  waste  papers.  The  Group 
encourages  its  employees  to  read  documents  in  electronic  format,  to  consider  the  environment 
before  printing,  to  despatch  memos  and  announcements  via  emails,  to  preview  document  layout 
on  computer  screen,  to  print  documents  on  both  sides  of  the  papers,  to  procure  paper  bearing  the 
Forest  Stewardship  Council  Recycled  Label  for  financial  reports  printing,  and  to  promote  “green 
office” concepts in the workplace. The Group also encourages its employees to reduce the use of non-
recyclable materials to minimise the adverse impact on the environment. The Group has set a target in 
2022  to  conduct  annual  activities  to  raise  awareness  of  waste  reduction  among  employees  from  2022 
onwards.

58

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance Report 
 
 
 
A. 

ENVIRONMENTAL (continued)

Waste Management (continued)

Non-hazardous wastes (continued)

During  the  Reporting  Period,  the  Group’s  total  non-hazardous  wastes  intensity  (tonne/thousand  bbl) 
decreased  by  40.54%  compared  to  2022.  This  is  the  combined  effect  of  the  increase  in  the  number  of 
new  well  drilling  work  performed  while  the  increase  in  crude  oil  production  outpaced  the  increase  in 
total  non-hazardous  wastes  during  the  Reporting  Period.  The  Group  had  conducted  various  activities 
in  2023  including  job  and  office  briefings  to  promote  the  awareness  of  waste  reduction  among  its 
employees.  The  Group  will  continue  its  efforts  in  promoting  waste  reduction  in  the  future  in  order  to 
achieve the target set in 2022.

Summary of non-hazardous wastes disposal and its intensity performance is as follows:

Indicator

Unit

Total non-hazardous wastes
Intensity

tonne
tonne/employee
tonne/thousand bbl

2023

809.81
31.15
4.40

2022

601.86
26.17
7.40

A2.  Use of Resources

Energy Conservation Measures

The  Group  actively  implements  the  concept  of  energy  conservation,  emission  reduction  and 
maintain  conscious  use  of  resources.  The  Group’s  energy  consumption  mainly  comprises  diesel 
and  propane  consumption  and  electricity  purchased  for  its  daily  operations,  new  wells  drilling 
and other production enhancement activities of its Canadian Oil Assets.

For  the  Group  office-based  operations  in  Hong  Kong  and  Canada,  the  Group  encourages  its 
employees  to  change  their  habits  of  using  electrical  appliances,  and  has  introduced  control 
measures including turning off lightings, air-conditioners, computers, personal electronic devices 
and  office  equipment  after  work  and/or  when  they  are  idle,  or  turning  on  the  power  saving 
mode. The Group also aims to keep all electronic appliances well-maintained so as to extend the 
life  of  the  equipment.  The  Group  encourages  its  employees  to  avoid  wastage  of  resources,  and 
promotes  their  awareness  of  environmental  protection  in  work  and  life  through  various  means 
including  posting  eye-catching  stickers  of  energy  efficiency  in  visible  place  in  office.  The  Group 
has  set  a  target  in  2022  to  conduct  annual  activities  to  raise  awareness  of  energy  conservation 
among  employees  from  2022  onwards  and  gradually  reduce  the  Group’s  energy  consumption 
intensity  (megawatt-hour  (“MWh”)/thousand  bbl)  over  the  next  five  years,  using  2022  as  the 
baseline  year.  To  achieve  the  set  target,  the  Group  has  established  policies  and  procedures 
to  achieve  electricity  conservation  and  efficient  use  of  electricity  among  a  range  of  lighting, 
electronic devices, electrical appliances and equipment.

59

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance Report 
 
 
 
A. 

ENVIRONMENTAL (continued)

A2.  Use of Resources (continued)

Energy Conservation Measures (continued)

During  the  Reporting  Period,  the  Group’s  total  energy  consumption  intensity  (MWh/thousand 
bbl)  decreased  by  10.77%  compared  to  2022.  This  is  the  combined  effect  of  the  use  of  more 
efficient  diesel  utilisation  equipment  for  new  wells  drilling  while  the  increase  in  crude  oil 
production outpaced the increase in total energy consumption during the Reporting Period. The 
Group had conducted various  activities in 2023 including job and work briefings to promote the 
awareness  of  energy  conservation  among  its  employees.  The  Group  will  continue  its  efforts  in 
promoting energy conservation in the future in order to achieve the target set in 2022.

Aiming  to  reduce  GHG  emissions  and  to  contribute  building  a  greener  environment,  the  Group 
is  assessing  the  feasibility  to  lower  the  use  of  purchased  electricity  for  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets 
operations  through  the  use  of  natural  gas,  or  other  renewable  energy  generation  methods 
including solar energy or wind energy, for electricity generation.

Summary of energy consumption and its intensity performance is as follows:

Indicator6

Unit

2023

2022

Diesel
Propane
Direct energy consumption
Purchased electricity
Indirect energy consumption
Total energy consumption
Intensity

MWh
MWh
MWh
MWh
MWh
MWh
MWh/employee
MWh/thousand bbl

1,042.48
789.68
1,832.16
6,503.31
6,503.31
8,335.47
320.60
45.33

1,046.91
564.81
1,611.72
2,518.13
2,518.13
4,129.85
179.56
50.80

Note:

6. 

The  method  of  calculating  energy  consumption  data  is  based  on  the  “Energy  Statistics  Manual” 

issued by the International Energy Agency.

Water Resource Utilisation

During the daily operations of the Canadian Oil Assets, a large volume of water will be extracted 
from underground together with the crude oil in form of well fluid, and then the water is needed 
to  be  separated  from  the  well  fluid  and  injected  back  into  underground.  During  the  Reporting 
Period,  the  Group  had  injected  approximately  908,700  cubic  meter  (“m3”)  (2022:  377,000  m3)  of 
water  back  into  underground,  in  compliance  with  local  environmental  rules  and  practices.  The 
operation did not consume any fresh water, surface water, seawater or third-party  water  during 
the Reporting Period for the oil extraction process.

60

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance Report 
 
 
 
A. 

ENVIRONMENTAL (continued)

A2.  Use of Resources (continued)

Water Resource Utilisation (continued)

For  the  Group’s  office-based  operations  in  Hong  Kong  and  Canada,  the  Group  does  not 
have  any  issues  in  sourcing  water  that  is  fit  for  its  purpose  as  water  is  adequately  supplied 
by  the  government  authorities  to  the  office  buildings  where  the  Group’s  offices  are  located. 
Nonetheless,  the  Group  recognises  the  scarcity  of  resources  the  environment  could  offer  and 
always encourages its staff members to cherish water usage.

The  water  consumption  data  from  utilities  in  the  Group’s  offices  in  Hong  Kong  and  Canada 
are  not  available  since  water  usage  is  covered  in  the  office  building  management  fees  and  the 
building  management  companies  are  not  able  to  provide  water  consumption  and  discharge 
data  for  individual  office  units.  The  Group  has  collected  water  consumption  data  that  consists 
of  bottled  water  consumed  in  the  Group’s  offices  in  Hong  Kong  and  Canada.  As  the  volume 
of  drinking  water  is  considered  as  insignificant,  the  target  for  water  efficiency  is  therefore  not 
presented.

Packaging Material

Owing to the Group’s business nature, the use of packaging material is not a material ESG aspect 
of the Group.

A3.  The Environment and Natural Resources

Well Site Management and Environment Restoration

During the Reporting Period, the Group employed its own local management team in Canada to 
manage the daily oil field operations. For drilling operations, the local team prepares the drilling 
plan  and  completion  jobs  design  and  schedule,  manages  the  overall  progress,  and  engages 
different  service  providers/vendors  to  perform  the  drilling  and  completion  jobs.  Although  most 
of the daily operations in the oil field are carried out by service providers and vendors, the Group 
still strives to minimise the potential environmental impacts arising from its operations through 
selection  of  appropriate  service  providers  and  vendors  and  monitoring  the  work  of  the  service 
providers  and  vendors.  As  far  as  the  Group  understands,  the  activities  performed  by  the  service 
providers/vendors  were  in  material  respects  complied  with  the  local  environmental  laws  and 
regulations during the Reporting Period.

61

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportA. 

ENVIRONMENTAL (continued)

A3.  The Environment and Natural Resources (continued)

Well Site Management and Environment Restoration (continued)

The  Group  is  aware  of  the  potential  impact  of  its  petroleum  exploration  and  production 
business on the environment and natural resources, and therefore attaches great importance to 
minimising  its  environmental  impact  where  possible,  and  strictly  complies  with  all  the  relevant 
local  environmental-related  laws  and  regulations.  The  Group  recognises  its  responsibility 
of  preserving  the  oil  fields  and  pursuing  sustainable  petroleum  exploration  and  production 
practices.  Accordingly,  the  Group  has  recognised  a  decommissioning  obligation  in  its  books 
in  accordance  with  the  regulations  imposed  by  Alberta  Energy  Regulator  which  represents 
the  costs  for  the  future  abandonment  of  the  oil  and  gas  production  equipment  and  facilities 
of  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets.  This  obligation  includes  facility  decommissioning  and  dismantling, 
removal  or  treatment  of  waste  materials,  land  rehabilitation  and  site  restoration.  As  of  31 
December  2023,  the  Group  was  responsible  for  managing  about  80  wells,  of  which  42  wells 
were  active  and  producing  hydrocarbons.  The  Group  has  the  responsibility  to  decommission 
and  reclaim  all  the  aforementioned  well  sites  to  their  original  land  use.  When  the  Group 
decides  to  permanently  cease  an  operation  at  a  well  site,  pipeline  or  facility,  the  asset  must  be 
decommissioned,  remediated  and  reclaimed.  The  Group  will  take  charge  of  this  process  which 
involves two stages, the abandonment and the reclamation stages. Upon abandonment of both 
the  downhole  and  surface  components  and  removal  of  all  the  surface  equipment,  the  well  is 
considered  as  decommissioned,  and  once  the  abandonment  work  is  completed  on  a  site,  the 
environmental assessments, remediation (where applicable) and reclamation activities on the site 
can commence.

During  the  Reporting  Period,  the  Group  had  completed  abandonment  work  on  four  non-
producing  wells.  The  abandonment  work  had  been  verified  and  confirmed  by  Alberta  Energy 
Regulator.

The  Group  has  consistently  integrated  its  ESG  goals  and  mission  in  its  daily  operations  and 
implemented  practices  and  procedures  to  preserve  and  improve  the  shared  future.  Other  than 
the  Group’s  petroleum  exploration  and  production  operation,  the  Group’s  other  operations  do 
not  have  significant  impact  on  the  environment  and  natural  resources.  The  Group  has  always 
been active in bringing environmental responsibility into its daily operations, and encourages all 
staff to adopt environmentally responsible behaviour and be aware of environmental protection. 
As mentioned in the above sections, the Company has implemented various measures to reduce 
energy consumption, save water resources and reduce wastes. The Group strives to promote the 
use of clean and renewable energy, as promulgated by its solar energy business discussed below, 
with a view to contribute its efforts in building a greener environment.

62

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportA. 

ENVIRONMENTAL (continued)

A3.  The Environment and Natural Resources (continued)

Fostering Renewable Clean Energy

The  Group  has  also  invested  in  solar  energy  power  generation  projects  that  are  participating 
in  the  FiT  Scheme.  Solar  energy  is  a  kind  of  clean,  renewable  and  sustainable  source  of 
energy  which  builds  a  greener  environment.  As  of  31  December  2023,  the  Group  has  50  solar 
photovoltaic  systems  in  operation.  By  expanding  its  footprints  in  the  renewable  energy  sector, 
the  Group  demonstrated  its  commitment  to  curb  carbon  emissions  and  contributed  concerted 
efforts together with the government and the community to exploit renewable energy potential 
in Hong Kong.

Indoor Air Quality

The  Group  is  committed  to  providing  its  employees  with  a  pleasant  working  environment  to 
enhance their work efficiency. For the Group’s office-based operations in Hong Kong and Canada, 
the  employees  spend  most  of  their  working  hours  inside  the  office,  implying  that  indoor  air 
quality  at  workplace  is  of  paramount  importance.  Therefore,  indoor  air  quality  is  constantly 
monitored  and  maintained  by  the  utilisation  of  several  measures  which  include  cleaning 
air-conditioning systems regularly and choosing more environmental friendly cleaning products. 
By adopting these measures, indoor air quality of the Group’s offices is maintained.

A4.  Climate Change

Climate  change  is  expected  to  increase  the  frequency  and  severity  of  extreme  weather  events 
and  cause  catastrophic  damage.  Climate  change  is  also  changing  seasonal  and  annual  patterns 
of  temperature,  precipitation,  and  other  weather  phenomena.  The  risks  of  climate  change  are 
imminent  and  understanding  of  these  risks  and  their  relationships  with  the  Group’s  businesses 
can help the Group to prepare and analyse possible risks and opportunities, seize opportunities 
of  potential  benefits,  and  establish  its  capacity  and  ability  to  respond  to  these  risks  in  the  long 
run.  The  Group  believes  that  a  robust  response  to  climate  change  requires  concerted  efforts 
of  all  stakeholders.  Therefore,  the  Group  will  continuously  identify  and  address  stakeholders’ 
expectations  to  optimise  its  environmental  measures  in  order  to  achieve  sustainable 
development and create long-term values for the stakeholders and society as a whole.

To handle the intensified threat of climate change, the Group has assessed the potential risks that 
may arise from its business operations. These risks mainly stem from the following dimensions:

63

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportA. 

ENVIRONMENTAL (continued)

A4.  Climate Change (continued)

Physical Risks

For  physical  risks,  increase  in  severity  of  extreme  weather  events  such  as  strong  typhoons  and 
floods  may  interrupt  water  and  electricity  supplies,  damage  the  Group’s  properties,  as  well  as 
threaten the safety of the Group’s employees. This may cause interruption to the Group’s normal 
business operations and thus have an adverse effect on the Group’s financial performance.

The  Group  has  implemented  different  measures  to  manage  the  abovementioned  physical  risks. 
For  example,  the  Group  maintains  comprehensive  insurance  coverage  on  assets  that  are  prone 
to  damage  by  extreme  weather  conditions.  In  addition,  the  Group  has  established  the  practice 
of  communicating  contingency  arrangements  for  extreme  weather  events  to  employees  in 
advance. The Group recognises that potential financial impacts can be minimised with adequate 
preparation for extreme weather events.

Transition Risks

For  transition  risks,  the  Group  expects  policies  and  regulations  in  relation  to  climate  change 
will  become  increasingly  stringent.  If  the  Group’s  existing  compliance  procedures  and  business 
operations could not fully comply with the new legal and regulatory requirements, it might incur 
additional  compliance  costs  and  the  reputation  of  the  Group  may  also  be  adversely  affected.  In 
addition,  the  high-carbon  emitting  industry  will  suffer  from  higher  cost,  lower  return  or  asset 
devaluation. Related climate change risk might also impose an impact to the Group’s investment 
and financing activities in relation to the affected industries.

To  manage  the  above  transition  risks,  the  Group  has  implemented  a  series  of  measures.  Firstly, 
the  Group’s  management  team  regularly  monitors  existing  and  emerging  climate-related  risks, 
policies  and  regulations  and  where  appropriate  seek  compliance  consulting  services  to  reduce 
its  legal  risks.  Secondly,  the  Group  has  gradually  incorporated  sustainability  into  its  business 
operations,  various  measures  have  been  adopted  to  protect  the  environment,  including 
measures  aimed  at  reducing  GHG  emissions  as  well  as  resources  conservation.  Thirdly,  with  the 
aim to demonstrate the Group’s commitment on promoting environmental protection, the Group 
has commenced its solar energy business to explore and capitalise on the potential opportunities 
arising  from  the  increasing  awareness  on  environmental  protection,  as  well  as  to  advocate  the 
global vision of decarbonisation by producing clean and renewable solar energy.

64

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportB. 

SOCIAL

B1.  Employment

Connecting with the right people, building social capital and relationships, showing appreciation 
to staff members, suppliers and customers who keep the business running are the cornerstones 
of  business  success.  The  Group  has  observed  the  applicable  laws  and  regulations  of  each 
business  segment  relating  to  compensation  and  dismissal,  recruitment  and  promotion,  working 
hours,  rest  periods,  equal  opportunities,  diversity,  anti-discrimination,  and  other  benefits  and 
welfare,  and  has  established  the  relevant  policies  to  ensure  its  employment  practices  strictly 
follows  the  principles  of  fairness,  equality,  competitiveness  and  non-discrimination  in  hiring 
outstanding talents.

During  the  Reporting  Period,  the  Group  was  not  aware  of  any  material  non-compliance  with 
employment-related  laws  and  regulations  that  would  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  Group, 
including  but  not  limited  to  the  Employment  Ordinance  of  Hong  Kong,  the  Canadian  Human 
Rights Act and the Employment Standards Code of the Government of Alberta of Canada.

Employment and Labour Practices

The  Group’s  employees  are  critical  for  its  continuing  operations.  The  Group  always  views 
employees  as  the  core  assets  of  the  Group  for  establishing  the  foundation  of  success  and  long-
term development. When the Group formulates human resources strategies, it devotes to create 
an equitable, non-discriminatory and safe working environment. It strives to build a harmonious 
working  environment  for  employees  based  on  mutual  respect,  trust,  impartiality,  transparency 
and truthfulness, dynamism and teamwork to encourage creativity, flexibility and commitment to 
accomplish the corporate mission.

Staff Training and Promotion Opportunity

The  Group  provides  equal  opportunities  to  employees  and  offering  them  attractive  and 
commensurate  remuneration  packages  in  order  to  capture,  promote  and  retain  talents,  the 
Group  also  promotes  employees’  personal  and  professional  growth  by  providing  various  career 
development  training.  Ongoing  education  and  training  for  employees  in  relation  to  ethical 
conduct,  roles  and  responsibilities,  specific  skills,  and  technological  and  market  development 
are very important to nurturing talents, as are performance feedback and appraisals from direct 
manager  to  uncover  potentials  of  employees  and  offer  competitive  remuneration  packages 
to  retain  competent  staff.  In  addition,  the  Group  strictly  complies  with  the  relevant  laws  and 
regulations in hiring employees.

The  Group  devotes  to  protect  human  rights  and  privacy  of  employees.  It  selects  the  best 
qualified candidates by considering various criteria such as education background, relevant work 
experience,  demonstrated  knowledge,  competencies  and  skills,  desirable  personal  traits  and 
development potential.

65

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportB. 

SOCIAL (continued)

B1.  Employment (continued)

Anti-discrimination Measures

The  Group  gives  equal  opportunity  for  employment  to  all  individuals,  regardless  of  their  race, 
religion,  colour,  nationality,  age,  marital  status,  gender,  sexual  orientation  or  disability.  This 
applies  to  all  phases  of  the  employment  relationships,  including  but  not  limited  to  recruitment, 
promotion, dismissal, personal development opportunities and determining wages and benefits. 
Diversity is the strength of the Group, and therefore every employee must respect the people and 
culture  with  whom  or  in  which  they  work.  The  Group  endeavours  to  seek  diversity  at  all  levels 
and expect a work environment in which all employees can develop and contribute to their full 
potential, and strives to achieve a win-win situation through joint development of the employees 
and the Group.

The distribution of directors and employees by employment type, gender, age and geographical 
region are as follows:

Category

By employment type

Full-time

Part-time

By gender

Male

Female

By age group

20-30

31-40

41-50

> 50

By geographical region

Hong Kong

Canada

As at 31 December 2023

As at 31 December 2022

Number 
(Person)

Percentage 
(%)

Number 
(Person)

Percentage 
(%)

26

–

17

9

–

4

8

14

18

8

100.00

–

65.38

34.62

–

15.38

30.77

53.85

69.23

30.77

23

–

16

7

–

5

6

12

15

8

100.00

–

69.57

30.43

–

21.74

26.09

52.17

65.22

34.78

66

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportB. 

SOCIAL (continued)

B1.  Employment (continued)

Anti-discrimination Measures (continued)

During  the  Reporting  Period,  the  Group  had  an  overall  turnover  rate7  of  7.69%  (2022:  30.43%). 
Details of the turnover rate by gender, age group and geographical region8 are as follows:

Category

By gender

Male

Female

By age group

20-30

31-40

41-50

> 50

By geographical region

Hong Kong

Canada

Notes:

Turnover rate (%)

2023

–

22.22

–

–

–

14.29

11.11

–

2022

31.25

28.57

–

40.00

33.33

25.00

–

12.50

7. 

The  overall  turnover  rate  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  total  number  of  directors  and  employees 

leaving employment during the Reporting Period by the total number of directors and employees at 

the end of the Reporting Period.

8. 

The turnover rate by category is calculated by dividing the total number of directors and employees 

in  the  specified  category  leaving  employment  during  the  Reporting  Period  by  the  total  number  of 

directors and employees in the specified category at the end of the Reporting Period.

Staff Compensation and Welfare

To  retain  quality  staff,  the  Group  offers  competitive  remuneration  package  and  regularly 
evaluates  their  salary  levels  to  make  sure  that  their  remuneration  packages  are  competitive. 
Though  remuneration  packages  for  staff  vary  in  different  nations  where  the  Group  operates, 
it  strives  to  build  a  fair,  reasonable  and  competitive  remuneration  scheme  in  all  its  location 
of  operations.  Staff  salaries  are  determined  based  on  their  knowledge,  skills,  experience  and 
education  background  relevant  to  the  job  requirements.  Basic  remuneration  of  staff  includes 
fixed salary, bonuses, paid holidays, etc.

67

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportB. 

SOCIAL (continued)

B1.  Employment (continued)

Staff Compensation and Welfare (continued)

Additional  allowances  that  are  also  available  to  employees  include  meal  allowance,  overseas 
travelling  allowance  and  education  subsidy.  Education  subsidy  covers  courses/modules/
seminars  that  are  job-related  and  organised  by  reputable  institutions,  other  allowances  include 
reimbursement of membership fee to professional institutions which are job-related and birthday 
celebration for employees.

Talent Management

In  order  to  enhance  the  quality  of  work  and  competency  of  employees,  the  Group  conducts 
periodic performance appraisal and fairly assesses the level of awards, salary adjustment and/or 
promotion recommendation based on a number of criteria, including work experience, seniority, 
knowledge and skills, performance, contributions, etc. of the employee concerned. In compliance 
with local labour laws, social security laws and regulations, the Group operates retirement plans 
for  its  employees.  The  Group  handles  the  dismissal  of  employees  and  compensates  them  in 
accordance with local laws and regulations.

The Group attaches importance to employees’ health and work-life balance. All staff are expected 
to  discharge  their  job  responsibilities  within  reasonable  work  hours.  In  general,  the  Group 
implements five-day work system with 40 working hours per week. All employees are entitled to 
rest days and holidays in accordance with applicable labour laws and regulations. In addition to 
national  mandatory  holidays,  employees  are  entitled  to  annual  leave,  compensation  leave  and 
other compassionate leave.

In  order  to  improve  employees’  job  satisfaction,  and  to  enhance  the  cohesion  between 
employees and help them to build up the sense of belongings, the Group continues to optimise 
the  annual  performance  appraisal,  remuneration,  recognition  and  reward  process  to  improve 
the  work  environment  as  well  as  to  organise  various  recreational  activities  for  the  well-being  of 
employees.

B2.  Health and Safety

The  Group  always  puts  health  and  safety  of  its  employees  as  its  first  priority,  and  injury 
prevention  is  especially  important  as  part  of  the  management  practices.  The  Group  will  not 
compromise  health  or  safety  in  the  workplace  for  production  or  profit.  It  is  the  goal  of  each 
location  of  the  Group’s  operations  to  have  and  maintain  a  safe  workplace.  Health  and  safety 
policies  and  procedures  are  published  for  all  the  plants,  offices  and  work  sites.  All  employees 
must  perform  their  duties  following  the  published  health  and  safety  rules,  and  must  promptly 
report  any  concerns,  safety  violations  or  incidents.  Work  performance  within  the  fields  of 
operation is checked to verify that it is executed safely so as to minimise incidents and potential 
risks.

68

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportB. 

SOCIAL (continued)

B2.  Health and Safety (continued)

During  the  Reporting  Period,  the  Group  was  not  aware  of  any  material  non-compliance 
with  health  and  safety-related  laws  and  regulations  that  would  have  a  significant  impact  on 
the  Group,  including  but  not  limited  to  the  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Ordinance  and 
Employees’ Compensation Ordinance of Hong Kong and the Occupational Health and Safety Act 
of Canada.

Occupational Health and Workplace Safety

The  Group  established  strict  risk  assessment  and  management  policies  and  procedures  to 
identify  and  minimise  potential  hazard  that  might  lead  to  injury,  illness  or  human  loss  by 
providing staff training and planning in advance for the coordinated action in case of emergency. 
The policies and procedures provide clear and identified guidelines for staff to identify and assess 
risks,  delineate  procedures  for  handling  situations  involving  security  and  safety  of  workers  and 
facilities, carefully plan for different business operations (including tools required for eliminating 
or controlling risks) and aim to promote good working atmosphere. The Group aims to maintain 
and  practise  the  highest  standards  in  terms  of  preventing  incidents  and  potential  accidents  by 
developing  specific  procedures,  as  well  as  to  identify,  assess  and  minimise  risks  by  scheduling 
work and processes performing in the work field.

The  Group  provides  on-the-job  technical  training  regularly,  arranges  safety  assessment  and 
organises team-building activities to promote job safety. This is to ensure that the employees are 
equipped with the required knowledge and skills to fulfil their job duties and are able to meet the 
safety standards.

The  Group  also  has  insurance  policies  in  place  for  injuries  at  work  for  every  employee.  The 
Group  is  concerned  about  occupational  health  and  safety  programmes  as  they  strengthen 
safety  awareness  and  self-protecting  tendencies  of  employees  and  maintain  a  safe  production 
environment.

The  Group  believes  that  a  good  working  relationship  among  staff  can  minimise  hazards  within 
the  operation  site.  The  Group  sets  up  comprehensive  contingency  plan  detailing  the  handling 
procedures for different types of contingencies (fires, electrical failure, flood and water damage, 
earthquakes,  typhoons,  heavy  rains,  etc.)  When  a  contingency  occurs,  the  procedure  starts 
by  notifying  through  any  available  media,  according  to  the  employees’  emergency  roles.  The 
primary  purpose  of  the  business  contingency  plan  is  to  safeguard  assets  of  the  Group  such  as 
physical safety and mental well-being of human life, to establish and resume critical functions as 
quickly as possible by providing an alternate processing site and to re-establish critical functions 
of  the  Group.  A  responsible  person  is  designated  for  coordinating  and  supervising  the  work 
necessary during and after the incident.

69

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportB. 

SOCIAL (continued)

B2.  Health and Safety (continued)

Occupational Health and Workplace Safety (continued)

The Group also establishes and optimises its occupational health management system to protect 
workers  and  their  rights.  The  Group  provides  all  site  workers  in  oil  fields  with  safety  protective 
equipment  such  as  protective  gloves,  shock-proof  glasses,  hearing  protectors,  fire  resistant 
jackets,  helmets,  boots  with  toes  and  ankles  protection,  working  clothes,  etc.  in  sufficient 
quantity  and  quality  and  the  use  of  safety  protective  equipment  is  mandatory,  in  accordance 
with the instructions issued by the Group. All personnel involved in the operation and within the 
scope  of  the  location  are  responsible  for  the  use  of  safety  protective  equipment  which  must  be 
suitable  to  perform  the  work.  In  addition,  prior  to  the  start-up  of  any  operational  task  within  or 
outside  the  location,  a  meeting  with  the  involved  staff  present  on  the  location  is  conducted  to 
give knowledge of the involved maneuvers, identified risks and scope or needs that are required 
to complete the task.

The  Group  attaches  great  importance  to  hazard  prevention  and  control  in  order  to  effectively 
improve work safety. The Group’s operation department in Canada is responsible for monitoring 
the  daily  conditions  of  the  oil  wells,  well  fluid  collection  tanks  and  pipelines,  and  the  work 
performed  by  the  operator  on  the  wells.  In  case  of  any  problem  detected,  the  responsible 
personnel  reports  to  the  operator  immediately.  Records  of  work  performed  on  the  wells  are 
properly documented and filed.

There  was  no  work-related  fatality  occurred  in  each  of  the  past  three  years  including  the 
Reporting Period. There was also no lost day due to work injury during the Reporting Period.

B3.  Development and Training

An  excellent  corporate  team  is  critical  to  the  Group’s  sustainable  and  long-term  business 
development. Therefore, the Group encourages its employees to continue studying and lifelong 
learning.  Ongoing  training  can  enhance  the  employees’  professional  knowledge  and  work 
skills, and also provide a reasonable assurance that the employees have the necessary technical 
knowledge,  professional  skills  and  business  ethics  to  discharge  their  duties  efficiently  and  with 
integrity.  The  Group  organises  internal  and  external  trainings  in  enabling  staff  to  familiarise 
with  the  Group’s  operational  procedures  by  business,  the  risk  assessment  and  management 
policies,  and  the  operational  contingency  plan,  and  subsidises  employees  to  attend  training 
courses whenever necessary. New hires are required to participate in induction orientation which 
introduces  the  Group’s  corporate  culture  and  organisational  structure,  industry  knowledge, 
operational  safety,  etc.  The  latest  industry  information  and  related  legislation  updates  in 
connection with the Group’s operations are also dispatched to staff from time to time.

70

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportB. 

SOCIAL (continued)

B3.  Development and Training (continued)

During  the  Reporting  Period,  approximately  34.62%9  (2022:  43.48%)  of  the  Group’s  employees 
were trained and with an average of approximately 0.65 training hour (2022: approximately 0.87 
hour)  per  employee10  was  recorded.  The  average  training  hour(s)  per  employee  and  percentage 
of trained employees, by gender and employee category, are as follows:

Category

By gender

Male

Female

By employee category

Directors

Senior management

Management

Ordinary staff

Average training hour(s) per 
employee11 (hour(s))

Percentage of trained 
employees12 (%)

2023

2022

2023

2022

0.65

0.67

2.00

–

0.21

0.29

0.88

0.86

2.00

2.00

2.00

0.14

35.29

33.33

100.00

–

14.29

16.67

43.75

42.86

100.00

100.00

100.00

7.14

Notes:

9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

The overall percentage of trained employees is calculated by dividing the total number of directors 
and employees who received training during the Reporting Period by the total number of directors 
and employees at the end of the Reporting Period.

The  overall  average  training  hours  per  employee  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  total  number  of 
training  hours  during  the  Reporting  Period  by  the  total  number  of  directors  and  employees  at  the 
end of the Reporting Period.

The  average  training  hours  per  employee  by  category  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  total  number  of 
training hours in the specified category during the Reporting Period by the total number of directors 
and employees in the specified category at the end of the Reporting Period.

The  percentage  of  trained  employees  by  category  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  total  number  of 
directors and employees in the specified category who received training during the Reporting Period 
by the total number of directors and employees in the specified category at the end of the Reporting 
Period.

During the Reporting Period, of the employees who participated in the aforementioned training, 
approximately  66.67%  were  male  and  33.33%  were  female;  approximately  66.67%,  11.11% 
and  22.22%  were  directors,  management  and  ordinary  staff  respectively.  The  Directors  also 
participated in various continuing professional development training activities to further develop 
and  refresh  their  knowledge  and  skills.  Their  respective  number  of  training  hours  were  not 
included in the above table.

71

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportB. 

SOCIAL (continued)

B4.  Labour Standards

Labour Rights Protection

The Group cherishes human rights and strictly prohibits any unethical hiring practices, including 
child and forced labour, during its recruitment process. The Group strictly complies with all local 
laws  and  will  not  employ  children  under  the  legal  working  age  as  defined  by  the  relevant  laws 
and regulations.

During  the  Reporting  Period,  the  Group  was  not  aware  of  any  material  non-compliance  with 
child and forced labour-related laws and regulations that would have a significant impact on the 
Group,  including  but  not  limited  to  the  Employment  Ordinance  of  Hong  Kong  and  the  Canada 
Labour Code.

Preventive Measures for Child and Forced Labour

The Group reviews the identification documents during its hiring process to prevent child labour. 
The Group has also implemented various measures to strictly prevent any forms of forced labour. 
For  example,  detention  of  employee’s  identity  card  or  other  identification  documents  is  strictly 
prohibited, labour contract is signed by the employee on a fair and voluntary basis, any form of 
mental  harassment  or  physical  abuse,  assault,  body  search  or  insult,  or  forcing  an  employee  to 
work  by  means  of  violence,  threat  or  unlawful  restriction  of  personal  freedom  are  all  forbidden. 
Employees’  consent  for  working  overtime  is  required  to  avoid  involuntary  overtime  work.  Also, 
the  employees  are  compensated  as  appropriate  in  accordance  with  the  applicable  labour  laws 
and regulations.

In  cases  where  any  individual  below  the  legal  working  age  is  hired,  corrective  actions  will  be 
taken  immediately  to  rectify  the  situation,  by  terminating  the  employment  contract  of  the 
employee and reporting to the relevant governmental authorities.

B5.  Supply Chain Management

Strengthening  relationships  with  suppliers  depend  on  the  determination  for  conducting  all 
aspects  of  business  in  a  way  that  is  mutually  beneficial  as  well  as  open.  The  Group  aims  to 
develop  relationships  with  its  suppliers  based  on  honesty,  fairness  and  mutual  trust.  Suppliers 
are  selected  according  to  the  quality  of  their  product  and  service,  their  reliability  and  their 
competitiveness  of  price.  Each  of  the  qualified  suppliers  is  given  a  fair  chance  to  supply  quality 
products  and  provide  services  to  the  Group,  and  where  feasible,  priority  will  be  provided  to 
suppliers or service providers that provide environmentally preferable products and services.

72

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportB. 

SOCIAL (continued)

B5.  Supply Chain Management (continued)

To enhance suppliers’ quality, the Group conducts its supplier assessment process in a structured 
and systematic manner. The evaluation criteria of a supplier include its service or product quality, 
performance on environmental issues, labour practice, commitment to social responsibilities and 
moral  standards.  Furthermore,  the  Group  oversees  business  relationships  with  the  suppliers  in 
due  care  in  pursuit  of  mitigating  any  issues  that  contradict  the  Group’s  performance  standards 
on  environmental  and  social  issues,  including  legal  compliance,  workplace  safety,  mitigation 
of  environmental  impacts,  protocols  against  sexual  and  gender  discrimination,  and  protocols 
against harassment and abuse.

Periodic supplier and service provider performance evaluation is conducted to better control and 
assure good quality.

Suppliers Management

The  Group  endeavours  to  sources  locally,  to  minimise  its  logistical  carbon  footprint,  reduce 
shipping costs and benefit local economy. During the Reporting Period, the Group had engaged 
approximately  150  (2022:  100)  suppliers  and  service  providers  to  support  its  daily  operations, 
new  wells  drilling  and  other  production  enhancement  activities  in  the  oil  field  in  Canada,  and 
all  of  the  suppliers  and  service  providers  have  gone  through  the  Group’s  supplier  management 
procedures.

The  Group  also  strives  to  maintain  long-term,  stable  and  strategic  cooperative  relationships 
with  suppliers  with  good  credit  history,  high  product  or  service  quality,  proven  track  records  of 
environmental compliance and sound commitment to social responsibility in order to achieve a 
win-win situation. Such bases are used in selecting suppliers and service providers to establish an 
efficient and green supply chain system, and in conducting regular performance reviews on them 
with  an  aim  to  effectively  identify,  monitor  and  control  the  potential  environmental  and  social 
risks along the Group’s supply chain.

B6.  Product Responsibility

The  Group  attaches  great  importance  to  the  provision  of  the  best  products  and  services  to  its 
customers. Therefore, the Group has established relevant policies and procedures to monitor the 
status and progress of all its business activities carrying out at different levels of its organisation, 
so as to ensure high quality products and services are delivered to its customers.

During the Reporting Period, the Group was not aware of any material non-compliance with any 
laws and regulations in relation to privacy issues and compensation regarding health and safety, 
advertisement,  labelling,  and  products  and  services  provided,  that  would  have  a  significant 
impact on the Group, including but not limited to the Copyright Ordinance of Hong Kong and the 
Personal Information Protection Act of Canada.

73

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportB. 

SOCIAL (continued)

B6.  Product Responsibility (continued)

Product and Customer Service Quality

Crude  oil  extracted  from  underground  is  treated  through  oil/water  separation  process,  to  a 
specification  accepted  by  the  customers  before  delivery  and  selling  to  the  customers.  Checking 
of specification of crude oil are performed by the trucking company at the Group’s facility before 
delivery,  as  well  as  by  the  customers  at  their  collection  facility,  and  thus  no  after-sale  quality 
problem exists. During the Reporting Period, there was no product sold or shipped subjected to 
recalls for safety and health reasons.

Client’s Privacy Measures and Protection

For  the  money  lending  business,  the  Group  handles  confidential  information  of  clients  with 
integrity  and  in  accordance  with  the  applicable  laws  and  regulations.  Employees  respect  the 
confidentiality of information acquired as a result of business relationship and would not disclose 
any such information to third parties without proper and specific authority unless there is a legal 
or professional right or duty to do so. Confidential information that may be subject to disclosure 
requirements  according  to  applicable  laws  and  regulations  shall  be  exchanged  internally  and 
exclusively  on  a  “need-to-know”  basis.  Such  information  will  strictly  not  be  used  for  personal 
advantage by any employee of the Group.

Intellectual Property (“IP”) Rights

Owing  to  the  Group’s  business  nature,  it  does  not  involve  in  significant  usage  of  IP  rights. 
Nonetheless, the Group respects IP rights such that employees are not allowed to possess or use 
copyrighted material without the permission of the copyright owners. Furthermore, the Group’s 
IT  Department  is  responsible  for  obtaining  proper  licenses  for  the  software,  hardware  and 
information used in the Group’s daily business operations. The Group has monitoring procedures 
in place to ensure that IP rights are not being infringed upon.

Customer Satisfaction

The  Group  recognises  customer  satisfaction  as  the  cornerstone  of  its  continuous  business 
success,  and  strives  to  maintain  good  relationships  with  all  its  customers.  By  gathering  and 
analysing  customers’  feedback,  inquiries  and  complaints,  the  Group  identifies  room  for 
improvement  in  its  products  or  services  quality  in  the  future.  The  Group  has  also  formulated 
relevant  policies  and  procedures  to  handle  customers’  feedback  and  complaints  in  a  timely  and 
professional  manner.  During  the  Reporting  Period,  the  Group  was  not  aware  of  any  material 
written complaints related to products and services provided.

74

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportB. 

SOCIAL (continued)

B7.  Anti-corruption

The Group always attaches importance to creating a harmonious and honest work environment 
and  it  commits  to  achieving  and  maintaining  high  integrity  and  accountability  standards 
with  great  emphasis  on  corporate  governance,  moral  culture  and  staff  quality.  All  employees 
should  act  in  upright,  impartial  and  honest  manner  and  strictly  follow  applicable  laws  and 
regulations.  If  employees  violate  them,  they  will  face  disciplinary  action  or  even  termination 
of  their  employment.  Employees  must  observe  the  required  ethical  standards  and  make  their 
own  judgements  as  to  the  appropriateness  of  their  conduct  in  business  operations.  During  the 
Reporting Period, 6 directors (2022: 6 directors) and 3 employees (2022: 4 employees) received a 
total of approximately 12 hours (2022: approximately 12 hours) and 5 hours (2022: approximately 
8 hours) of anti-corruption training relating to the latest updates on anti-corruption respectively.

During the Reporting Period, the Group was not aware of any material non-compliance with any 
laws  and  regulations  in  relation  to  bribery,  extortion,  fraud  and  money  laundering  that  would 
have  a  significant  impact  on  the  Group,  including  but  not  limited  to  the  Prevention  of  Bribery 
Ordinance of Hong Kong and the Criminal Code of Canada.

Anti-corruption Measures

The  Group  adopted  an  anti-fraud  and  counter  corruption  policy  with  a  vision  to  achieve  high 
standards  of  business  ethics  and  corporate  governance  across  all  business  levels  and  operating 
activities.  When  employees  suspect  of  violations  occurred,  they  may,  in  the  case  of  absolute 
confidentiality, report through different channels to those charged with governance. The Group 
has  also  adopted  a  whistleblowing  policy  to  encourage  employees  to  raise  serious  concerns 
internally  that  are  suspected  to  be  malpractices  or  impropriety,  in  a  responsible  and  effective 
manner rather than overlooking a problem or blowing the whistle outside. Employees who hide 
traces,  evidence  or  avoid  investigation  of  suspicious  transactions  may  be  considered  as  illegal. 
Any  employee  or  third  party  who  wishes  to  report  a  concern  should  inform  the  Chairman  of 
the  Audit  Committee.  The  Group  has  also  provided  various  reporting  channels  for  its  suppliers, 
customers  and  other  business  partners  to  report  any  violations  of  laws  or  regulations  when 
people are performing their duties for the Group.

In  addition,  in  order  to  minimise  the  fraud  risk,  the  Group  has  a  pre-employment  screening 
process  under  which  all  applicants  would  be  asked  whether  he/she  has  ever  committed  any 
criminal  offences  in  the  past.  The  Group  continues  to  optimise  the  reporting  mechanism  and 
resolutely fight against corruption for building a clean social environment.

During the Reporting Period, there were no concluded legal cases regarding corruption practices 
brought against the Group or its employees.

75

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportB. 

SOCIAL (continued)

B8.  Community Investment

Community Contribution

The Group views sustainable development and community contribution as corporate goals. The 
Group  believes  in  people-oriented  management  principle,  it  carries  out  a  variety  of  activities 
in  fulfilling  its  social  responsibilities,  actively  pursues  social  contribution  initiatives  and  strives 
to  create  a  sustainable  and  harmonious  society.  The  Group’s  performance  over  the  long  term 
depends  on  its  sensitivity  to  local  customs  and  conventions  governing  business  relationships 
and  its  commitment  to  make  a  positive  contribution  to  the  sustainable  development  of  the 
communities in which it works. The Group considers ways of supporting communities in which it 
operates through charitable and educational activities and contributions.

The  Group  has  devoted  to  pay  attention  to  protecting  the  nature  and  care  about  the 
environment.  The  Group  believes  everyone  should  take  part  in  it  and  hope  to  create  a  liveable 
environment  together.  The  Group  strives  to  minimise  any  harmful  effects  of  its  operations  on 
the  natural  environment  and  finite  resources  and  constantly  enhance  employees’  awareness  in 
environmental  protection  and  resource  conservation.  The  Group  hopes  that  every  employee 
can  convey  the  message  of  protecting  the  environment  to  their  families,  friends  and  business 
partners,  to  build  more  powerful  cohesion  and  in  alleviating  climate  change  together.  In  doing 
so, environmental quality standards which are desirable and attainable are set out to ensure the 
Group fully complies with all the relevant environmental legislation.

The  Group  is  also  a  responsible  taxpayer  and  employer  that  offer  job  opportunities  to  ease  the 
local  employment  pressure.  The  Group  establishes  good  practices  in  running  its  business  and 
actively  promotes  energy  saving  and  environmental  friendly  concepts  with  a  hope  to  be  one  of 
the  good  corporate  citizens  within  the  industry.  The  Group  endeavours  to  contribute  positively 
to social stability and building a harmonious community. During the Reporting Period, the Group 
participated in a beach clean-up activity organised by Green Hope, aiming to promote a cleaner 
and  healthier  natural  environment.  The  Group  endeavours  to  continuously  expand  community 
contributions in the future.

76

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportSUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL DATA AND PERFORMANCE

Indicator

GHG emissions:

Scope 1 – Direct GHG emissions
Intensity

Scope 2 – Energy indirect GHG 

emissions

Intensity

Total GHG emissions
Intensity

Hazardous wastes:
Total hazardous wastes
Intensity

Non-hazardous wastes:
Total non-hazardous wastes
Intensity

Energy consumption:

Diesel
Propane
Direct energy consumption

Electricity
Indirect energy consumption

Total energy consumption
Intensity

Unit

2023

2022

tCO2e
tCO2e/employee
tCO2e/thousand bbl

tCO2e
tCO2e/employee
tCO2e/thousand bbl

tCO2e
tCO2e/employee
tCO2e/thousand bbl

tonne
tonne/employee
tonne/thousand bbl

tonne
tonne/employee
tonne/thousand bbl

MWh
MWh
MWh

MWh
MWh

MWh
MWh/employee
MWh/thousand bbl

469.60
18.06
2.55

442.51
19.24
5.44

3,384.12
130.16
18.40

3,853.72
148.22
20.96

140.89
5.42
0.77

809.81
31.15
4.40

1,042.48
789.68
1,832.16

6,503.31
6,503.31

8,335.47
320.60
45.33

1,335.95
58.08
16.43

1,778.46
77.32
21.88

108.47
4.72
1.33

601.86
26.17
7.40

1,046.91
564.81
1,611.72

2,518.13
2,518.13

4,129.85
179.56
50.80

77

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Environmental, Social and Governance ReportIndependent Auditor’s Report to the Members of EPI (Holdings) Limited
長盈集團(控股)有限公司
(Incorporated in Bermuda with limited liability)

OPINION

We  have  audited  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  EPI  (Holdings)  Limited  (the  “Company”)  and 
its  subsidiaries  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “Group”)  set  out  on  pages  83  to  171,  which  comprise  the 
consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2023, and the consolidated statement of profit 
or  loss  and  other  comprehensive  income,  consolidated  statement  of  changes  in  equity  and  consolidated 
statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including 
a summary of material accounting policies.

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  consolidated  financial 
position  of  the  Group  as  at  31  December  2023,  and  of  its  consolidated  financial  performance  and  its 
consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards 
(“HKFRSs”)  issued  by  the  Hong  Kong  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  (“HKICPA”)  and  have  been 
properly prepared in compliance with the disclosure requirements of the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance.

BASIS FOR OPINION

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  Hong  Kong  Standards  on  Auditing  (“HKSAs”)  issued  by  the 
HKICPA.  Our  responsibilities  under  those  standards  are  further  described  in  the  Auditor’s  Responsibilities  for 
the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in 
accordance with the HKICPA’s Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (the “Code”), and we have fulfilled 
our  other  ethical  responsibilities  in  accordance  with  the  Code.  We  believe  that  the  audit  evidence  we  have 
obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

78

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Independent Auditor’s Report KEY AUDIT MATTERS

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit 
of the consolidated financial statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of 
our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do 
not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Impairment  assessment  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  related  to  petroleum  exploration  
and production business (“OGP”)

We  identified  the  impairment  assessment  of  OGP 
as  a  key  audit  matter  due  to  the  significance  of  the 
balances to the Group’s consolidated financial position 
and  the  involvement  of  significant  management 
judgment in estimating the value in use (“VIU”) of the 
OGP when assessing impairment.

As  detailed  in  Note  4  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements,  in  estimating  the  VIU,  the  net  present 
value  of  future  cash  flows  is  estimated  based  upon 
the  continued  use  of  the  assets  and  the  application 
of  key  assumptions  in  cash  flow  projections  and 
determination of discount rate.

The  management  estimates  the  VIU  of  the  OGP 
based  on  the  cashflow  projections  of  the  petroleum 
exploration  and  production  business,  taking  into 
account  the  oil  reserves  in  Canada  as  at  the  year  end, 
management’s  future  business  development  plan, 
crude  oil  selling  prices,  royalties  rate,  operating  costs 
and  discount  rate.  The  management  also  worked 
closely  with  the  independent  qualified  valuer  and 
the  oil  and  gas  reserves  specialist  to  establish  and 
determine  the  appropriate  basis,  methodology  and 
assumptions.

At  31  December  2023,  the  carrying  amount  of  the 
OGP amounted to HK$179,312,000 (comprising oil and 
gas  properties  of  HK$177,135,000  and  construction  in 
progress  of  HK$2,177,000  as  set  out  in  Note  18  to  the 
consolidated  financial  statements).  No  impairment  on 
the OGP had been provided during the year.

Our  procedures  in  relation  to  management’s 
impairment assessment of the OGP included:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Understanding  and  evaluating  the  design 
and  implementation  of  the  entity’s  key 
controls  on  the  process  of  impairment 
assessment of the OGP;

Reviewing  the  valuation  report  from  the 
independent  qualified  valuer  together  with 
the  oil  reserve  report  from  the  oil  and  gas 
reserves  specialist,  and  having  discussions 
w i t h   t h e   m a n a g e m e n t ,   i n d e p e n d e n t 
qualified valuer and the oil and gas reserves 
specialist  to  understand  the  valuation 
basis,  methodology  used  and  underlying 
assumptions applied;

Evaluating  the  competence,  capabilities 
a n d   o b j e c t i v i t y   o f   t h e   i n d e p e n d e n t 
qualified valuer and the oil and gas reserves 
specialist;

E v a l u a t i n g   t h e   r e a s o n a b l e n e s s   o f 
assumptions  underpinning  the  discounted 
cash  flow  models,  including  management’s 
future business development plan, crude oil 
selling  prices,  royalties  rate  and  operating 
costs.  For  the  oil  reserve  estimation, 
p e r f o r m  r e t r o s p e c t i v e  r e v i e w  o n  t h e 
estimated  proved  and  probable  reserves 
of  oil  assets  to  assess  the  reliability  of  the 
estimation; and

Involving  our  internal  valuation  experts  to 
assess  the  reasonableness  of  the  discount 
rates  applied  in  determining  the  VIU  of  the 
OGP.

79

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Independent Auditor’s Report  
 
OTHER INFORMATION

The directors of the Company are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the 
information included in the annual report, but does not include the consolidated financial statements and our 
auditor’s report thereon.

Our  opinion  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements  does  not  cover  the  other  information  and  we  do  not 
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In  connection  with  our  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  our  responsibility  is  to  read  the 
other  information  and,  in  doing  so,  consider  whether  the  other  information  is  materially  inconsistent  with 
the  consolidated  financial  statements  or  our  knowledge  obtained  in  the  audit  or  otherwise  appears  to 
be  materially  misstated.  If,  based  on  the  work  we  have  performed,  we  conclude  that  there  is  a  material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this 
regard.

RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS AND THOSE CHARGED WITH GOVERNANCE FOR THE 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements that 
give a true and fair view in accordance with HKFRSs issued by the HKICPA and the disclosure requirements of 
the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to 
enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.

In  preparing  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  directors  are  responsible  for  assessing  the  Group’s 
ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern,  disclosing,  as  applicable,  matters  related  to  going  concern  and  using 
the  going  concern  basis  of  accounting  unless  the  directors  either  intend  to  liquidate  the  Group  or  to  cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process.

80

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Independent Auditor’s Report AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS

Our  objectives  are  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  as 
a  whole  are  free  from  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  fraud  or  error,  and  to  issue  an  auditor’s  report 
that includes our opinion solely to you, as a body, in accordance with Section 90 of the Bermuda Companies 
Act, and for no other purpose. We do not assume responsibility towards or accept liability to any other person 
for the contents of this report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that 
an  audit  conducted  in  accordance  with  HKSAs  will  always  detect  a  material  misstatement  when  it  exists. 
Misstatements  can  arise  from  fraud  or  error  and  are  considered  material  if,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate, 
they  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  influence  the  economic  decisions  of  users  taken  on  the  basis  of  these 
consolidated financial statements.

As  part  of  an  audit  in  accordance  with  HKSAs,  we  exercise  professional  judgment  and  maintain  professional 
skepticism throughout the audit. We also:

• 

• 

• 

• 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether 
due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit 
evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting 
a  material  misstatement  resulting  from  fraud  is  higher  than  for  one  resulting  from  error,  as  fraud  may 
involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

Obtain  an  understanding  of  internal  control  relevant  to  the  audit  in  order  to  design  audit  procedures 
that  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the 
effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.

Evaluate  the  appropriateness  of  accounting  policies  used  and  the  reasonableness  of  accounting 
estimates and related disclosures made by the directors.

Conclude  on  the  appropriateness  of  the  directors’  use  of  the  going  concern  basis  of  accounting  and, 
based  on  the  audit  evidence  obtained,  whether  a  material  uncertainty  exists  related  to  events  or 
conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we 
conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to 
the  related  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  or,  if  such  disclosures  are  inadequate, 
to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our 
auditor’s  report.  However,  future  events  or  conditions  may  cause  the  Group  to  cease  to  continue  as  a 
going concern.

81

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Independent Auditor’s Report AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS (continued)

• 

• 

Evaluate  the  overall  presentation,  structure  and  content  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements, 
including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying 
transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

Obtain  sufficient  appropriate  audit  evidence  regarding  the  financial  information  of  the  entities  or 
business  activities  within  the  Group  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements. 
We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the group audit. We remain solely 
responsible for our audit opinion.

We  communicate  with  those  charged  with  governance  regarding,  among  other  matters,  the  planned  scope 
and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control 
that we identify during our audit.

We  also  provide  those  charged  with  governance  with  a  statement  that  we  have  complied  with  relevant 
ethical  requirements  regarding  independence,  and  to  communicate  with  them  all  relationships  and  other 
matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to 
eliminate threats or safeguards applied.

From  the  matters  communicated  with  those  charged  with  governance,  we  determine  those  matters  that 
were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period and are 
therefore  the  key  audit  matters.  We  describe  these  matters  in  our  auditor’s  report  unless  law  or  regulation 
precludes  public  disclosure  about  the  matter  or  when,  in  extremely  rare  circumstances,  we  determine  that 
a  matter  should  not  be  communicated  in  our  report  because  the  adverse  consequences  of  doing  so  would 
reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.

Moore CPA Limited
Certified Public Accountants
Registered Public Interest Entity Auditors

Kong Shao Fung
Practising Certificate Number: P07996

Hong Kong
27 March 2024

82

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Independent Auditor’s Report Revenue

Sales of petroleum, net of royalties
Sales of electricity
Interest income
Dividend income

Purchases, processing and related expenses
Other income and losses, net
Net loss on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Reversal (provision) of expected credit loss on loan and interest 

receivables

Provision of expected credit loss on debt instruments at fair 

value through other comprehensive income

Wages, salaries and other benefits
Depreciation
Loss on redemption of debt instruments at fair value through 

other comprehensive income

Other expenses
Gain on disposal of subsidiaries
Finance costs

Profit (loss) before tax
Income tax (expense) credit

Profit (loss) for the year

Other comprehensive (expense) income
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Net fair value loss on debt instruments at fair value through 

other comprehensive income

Provision of expected credit loss on debt instruments at fair 
value through other comprehensive income included  
in profit or loss

Release on redemption of debt instruments at fair value through 

other comprehensive income

Reclassification of cumulative translation reserve upon disposal 

of foreign operations

Exchange differences arising on translation of financial 

statements of foreign operations

Other comprehensive income (expense) for the year, net of 

income tax

Total comprehensive income (expense) for the year 

attributable to owners of the Company

Earnings (loss) per share attributable to owners of the 

Company
– Basic

Notes

5

7
8
9

13
13

10
11

12

13

10

2023
HK$’000

83,082
71,597
8,160
3,282
43
(23,202)
11,696
(1,988)

2022
HK$’000

45,102
30,932
6,536
7,482
152
(13,952)
(8,210)
(1,952)

11,300

(20,019)

(8,832)
(11,727)
(26,129)

(37)
(10,731)
1
(1,099)

22,334
(834)

21,500

(11,081)
(7,300)
(13,130)

(453)
(14,875)
159
(1,246)

(46,957)
211

(46,746)

(4,931)

(11,238)

8,832

11,081

37

–

453

1,312

1,702

(4,539)

5,640

(2,931)

27,140

(49,677)

17

HK0.41 cent

HK(0.89) cent

83

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive IncomeFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Deposit paid for decommissioning obligation
Prepayment for acquisition of non-current assets
Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive 

income

Loan and interest receivables

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive 

income
Inventories
Loan and interest receivables
Trade and other receivables and prepayments
Other tax recoverable
Income tax recoverable
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Current liabilities
Other payables
Income tax payable
Other tax payable
Lease liabilities

Total current liabilities

Net current assets

Notes

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

18
19
20
20

21
22

21

22
20
23

24
25

26

27

229,212
3,770
8,897
–

–
4,007

218,781
2,590
8,256
6,978

5,698
–

245,886

242,303

3,662
149
12,591
11,736
–
–
2,784
168,287

28,041
312
60,852
10,398
204
1,011
4,772
85,796

199,209

191,386

6,485
1,457
674
1,621

20,805
618
–
374

10,237

21,797

188,972

169,589

Total assets less current liabilities

434,858

411,892

84

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Consolidated Statement of Financial PositionAt 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Decommissioning obligation

Total non-current liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves
Share capital
Reserves

Total equity

Notes

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

27
29

30

2,298
29,107

2,351
33,228

31,405

35,579

403,453

376,313

52,403
351,050

52,403
323,910

403,453

376,313

The consolidated financial statements on pages 83 to 171 together with the Company’s statement of financial 
position  set  out  in  Note  40  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  approved  and  authorised  for 
issue by the Board on 27 March 2024 and are signed on its behalf by:

Sue Ka Lok
Director

Chan Shui Yuen
Director

85

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Consolidated Statement of Financial PositionAt 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share
capital
HK$’000

Share
premium
HK$’000

At 1 January 2022

52,403

918,270

Loss for the year
Net fair value loss on debt instruments at fair 
value through other comprehensive income

Provision of expected credit loss on debt 
instruments at fair value through other 
comprehensive income

Release on redemption of debt instruments 
at fair value through other comprehensive 
income

Reclassification of cumulative translation 

reserve upon disposal of foreign operations
Exchange differences arising on translation of 
financial statements of foreign operations

Total comprehensive income (expense) 

for the year

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Share 
options
reserve
HK$’000

(Note (i))

201,645

Investment 
revaluation
reserve
HK$’000

(Note (ii))

Translation
reserve
HK$’000

(Note (iii))

Accumulated
losses
HK$’000

Total
HK$’000

(4,234)

(1,429)

(740,665)

425,990

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(11,238)

11,081

453

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,312

(4,539)

(46,746)

–

–

–

–

–

(46,746)

(11,238)

11,081

453

1,312

(4,539)

296

(3,227)

(46,746)

(49,677)

At 31 December 2022

52,403

918,270

201,645

(3,938)

(4,656)

(787,411)

376,313

Profit for the year
Net fair value loss on debt instruments at fair 
value through other comprehensive income

Provision of expected credit loss on debt 
instruments at fair value through other 
comprehensive income

Release on redemption of debt instruments 
at fair value through other comprehensive 
income

Exchange differences arising on translation of 
financial statements of foreign operations

Total comprehensive income for the year

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(4,931)

8,832

37

–

3,938

–

–

–

–

1,702

1,702

21,500

–

–

–

–

21,500

(4,931)

8,832

37

1,702

21,500

27,140

At 31 December 2023

52,403

918,270

201,645

–

(2,954)

(765,911)

403,453

86

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Consolidated Statement of Changes in EquityFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes:

(i) 

The  share  options  reserve  represents  the  cumulative  expenses  on  the  share  options  granted  recognised  over  the 

vesting period. All the expenses in relation to the share options forfeited after the vesting date or were not exercise 

at  the  expiry  date  would  continue  to  be  held  in  this  reserve.  All  the  outstanding  share  options  were  lapsed  and 

there were no outstanding share options as at 31 December 2023 and 2022.

(ii) 

The  investment  revaluation  reserve  represents  cumulative  gains  and  losses  arising  from  revaluation  of  debt 

instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income that have been recognised in other comprehensive 

income,  net  of  amounts  reclassified  to  profit  or  loss  when  those  debt  instruments  at  fair  value  through  other 

comprehensive income are disposed of or are determined to be impaired.

(iii) 

The translation reserve represents exchange differences arising from the translation of financial statements of the 

Group’s foreign operations into the presentation currency of the Group.

87

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Consolidated Statement of Changes in EquityFor the year ended 31 December 2023Notes

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

Operating activities
Profit (loss) before tax
Adjustments for:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
Loss on redemption of debt instruments at fair value  

through other comprehensive income

(Reversal) provision of expected credit loss on loan and 

interest receivables

Provision of expected credit loss on debt instruments at  

fair value through other comprehensive income

Write-off of property, plant and equipment
Bank and other interest income
Modification loss on debt instruments at fair value through 

other comprehensive income

Net loss on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Accretion expense on decommissioning obligation
Interest expense
Dividend income
Interest income from money lending business
Interest income from debt instruments at fair value  

through other comprehensive income

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Gain on disposal of subsidiaries

8

8
9
11
11

10

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital
Decrease (increase) in inventories
Increase in trade and other receivables and prepayments
Decrease in loan and interest receivables
Decrease in other tax recoverable
(Decrease) increase in other payables
Increase in deposit paid for decommissioning obligation
Decrease in decommissioning obligation
Increase in other tax payable

Cash generated from operations
Dividend received
Income tax refunded (paid)
Interest received from money lending business
Interest received from debt instruments at fair value through 

other comprehensive income

22,334

24,567
1,562

37

(11,300)

8,832
609
(5,856)

–
1,988
908
191
(43)
(2,490)

(792)
(21)
(1)

40,525
160
(1,332)
55,499
175
(16,331)
(633)
(767)
662

77,958
43
1,011
2,545

1,602

(46,957)

11,692
1,438

453

20,019

11,081
9
(1,343)

79
1,952
1,127
119
(152)
(3,877)

(3,605)
–
(159)

(8,124)
(326)
(9,134)
22,881
457
11,859
(8,628)
–
–

8,985
152
(158)
7,245

4,378

Net cash from operating activities

83,159

20,602

88

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Consolidated Statement of Cash FlowsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investing Activities
Acquisition of assets and liabilities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Prepayment paid on acquisition of non-current assets
Proceed from disposal of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from redemption of debt instruments at fair value 

through other comprehensive income

Consent fee received from modification of debt instruments at 

fair value through other comprehensive income

Bank and other interest received
Net cash inflow on disposal of subsidiaries

Notes

32

8
10

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

–
(29,795)
–
712

(135,461)
(29,760)
(2,454)
–

24,336

32,370

–
5,856
1

197
1,343
8,751

Net cash from (used in) investing activities

1,110

(125,014)

Financing Activities
Repayment of principal amount of lease liabilities
Interest paid

Net cash used in financing activities

(1,548)
(191)

(1,497)
(119)

(1,739)

(1,616)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

82,530

(106,028)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

85,796

191,824

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

(39)

–

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year, 

represented by cash and cash equivalents

168,287

85,796

89

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Consolidated Statement of Cash FlowsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. 

GENERAL INFORMATION

The Company is a public limited liability company incorporated in Bermuda and its shares are listed on 
the Main Board of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. The address of the registered office of the Company 
is located at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda. The address of the principal 
place of business of the Company is Rooms 1502-03, 15th Floor, Great Eagle Centre, 23 Harbour Road, 
Wanchai, Hong Kong.

The Company is an investment holding company. The principal activities of its subsidiaries are set out in 
Note 38.

The  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in  Hong  Kong  dollar  (“HK$”),  which  is  also  the 
functional  currency  of  the  Company  and  all  values  are  rounded  to  the  nearest  thousand  (HK$’000) 
except otherwise indicated.

2. 

APPLICATION  OF  NEW  AND  AMENDMENTS  TO  HONG  KONG  FINANCIAL  REPORTING 
STANDARDS (“HKFRSs”) AND CHANGES IN OTHER ACCOUNTING POLICIES

New and amendments to HKFRSs that are mandatorily effective for the current year
In the current year, the Group has applied the following new and amendments to HKFRSs issued by the 
Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“HKICPA”) for the first time, which are mandatorily 
effective  for  the  annual  period  beginning  on  1  January  2023  for  the  preparation  of  the  consolidated 
financial statements:

HKFRS 17 (including the October 2020 and  
February 2022 Amendments to HKFRS 17)

Insurance Contracts

Amendments to Hong Kong Accounting Standard 

Definition of Accounting Estimates

(“HKAS”) 8

Amendments to HKAS 12

Amendments to HKAS 12
Amendments to HKAS 1 and HKFRS  

Practice Statement 2

Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising  

from a Single Transaction

International Tax Reform – Pillar Two Model Rules
Disclosure of Accounting Policies

Impacts on application of Amendments to HKAS 8 “Definition of Accounting Estimates”

The Group has applied the amendments for the first time in the current year. The amendments define 
accounting  estimates  as  “monetary  amounts  in  financial  statements  that  are  subject  to  measurement 
uncertainty”.  An  accounting  policy  may  require  items  in  financial  statements  to  be  measured  in  a  way 
that  involves  measurement  uncertainty.  In  such  a  case,  an  entity  develops  an  accounting  estimate 
to  achieve  the  objective  set  out  by  the  accounting  policy.  The  amendments  to  HKAS  8  clarify  the 
distinction  between  changes  in  accounting  estimates,  and  changes  in  accounting  policies  and  the 
correction of errors.

The  application  of  the  amendments  in  the  current  year  has  had  no  material  impact  on  the  Group’s 
financial positions and performance for the current and prior years and/or on the disclosures set out in 
these consolidated financial statements.

90

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20232. 

APPLICATION  OF  NEW  AND  AMENDMENTS  TO  HONG  KONG  FINANCIAL  REPORTING 
STANDARDS (“HKFRSs”) AND CHANGES IN OTHER ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

New  and  amendments  to  HKFRSs  that  are  mandatorily  effective  for  the  current  year 
(continued)

Impacts on application of Amendments to HKAS 12 “Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising 
from a Single Transaction”

The Group has applied the amendments for the first time in the current year. The amendments narrow 
the scope of the recognition exemption of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets in paragraphs 
15  and  24  of  HKAS  12  “Income  Taxes”  so  that  it  no  longer  applies  to  transactions  that,  on  initial 
recognition, give rise to equal taxable and deductible temporary differences.

The  application  of  the  amendments  in  the  current  year  has  had  no  material  impact  on  the  Group’s 
financial position and performance for the current and prior years and/or on the disclosures set out in 
these consolidated financial statements.

Impacts  on  application  of  Amendments  to  HKAS  1  and  HKFRS  Practice  Statement  2  “Disclosure  of 
Accounting Policies”

The  Group  has  applied  the  amendments  for  the  first  time  in  the  current  year.  HKAS  1  “Presentation 
of  Financial  Statements”  is  amended  to  replace  all  instances  of  the  term  “significant  accounting 
policies”  with  “material  accounting  policy  information”.  Accounting  policy  information  is  material  if, 
when  considered  together  with  other  information  included  in  an  entity’s  financial  statements,  it  can 
reasonably  be  expected  to  influence  decisions  that  the  primary  users  of  general  purpose  financial 
statements make on the basis of those financial statements.

The amendments also clarify that accounting policy information may be material because of the nature 
of  the  related  transactions,  other  events  or  conditions,  even  if  the  amounts  are  immaterial.  However, 
not  all  accounting  policy  information  relating  to  material  transactions,  other  events  or  conditions 
is  itself  material.  If  an  entity  chooses  to  disclose  immaterial  accounting  policy  information,  such 
information must not obscure material accounting policy information.

HKFRS  Practice  Statement  2  “Making  Materiality  Judgements”  (the  “Practice  Statement”)  is  also 
amended  to  illustrate  how  an  entity  applies  the  “four-step  materiality  process”  to  accounting  policy 
disclosures  and  to  judge  whether  information  about  an  accounting  policy  is  material  to  its  financial 
statements. Guidance and examples are added to the Practice Statement.

91

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20232. 

APPLICATION  OF  NEW  AND  AMENDMENTS  TO  HONG  KONG  FINANCIAL  REPORTING 
STANDARDS (“HKFRSs”) AND CHANGES IN OTHER ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

New  and  amendments  to  HKFRSs  that  are  mandatorily  effective  for  the  current  year 
(continued)

Impacts  on  application  of  Amendments  to  HKAS  1  and  HKFRS  Practice  Statement  2  “Disclosure  of 
Accounting Policies” (continued)

The application of the amendments in current year has had no material impact on the Group’s financial 
positions and performance but has affected the disclosure of the Group’s accounting policies set out in 
Note 3.2 to the consolidated financial statements.

The  application  of  the  other  new  and  amendments  to  HKFRSs  in  the  current  year  has  had  no  material 
impact on the Group’s financial positions and performance for the current and prior years and/or on the 
disclosures set out in the consolidated financial statements.

Changes  in  accounting  policy  as  a  result  of  application  of  the  HKICPA  guidance  on  the  accounting 
implications  of  the  abolition  of  the  Mandatory  Provident  Fund  (“MPF”)  –  Long  Service  Payment  (“LSP”) 
offsetting mechanism in Hong Kong

The Group has several subsidiaries operating in Hong Kong which are obliged to pay LSP to employees 
under  certain  circumstances.  Meanwhile,  the  Group  makes  mandatory  MPF  contributions  to  the 
trustee  who  administers  the  assets  held  in  a  trust  solely  for  the  retirement  benefits  of  each  individual 
employee. Offsetting of LSP against an employee’s accrued retirement benefits derived from employers’ 
MPF  contributions  was  allowed  under  the  Employment  Ordinance  (Chapter  57  of  the  Laws  of  Hong 
Kong). In June 2022, the Government of the HKSAR gazetted the Employment and Retirement Schemes 
Legislation  (Offsetting  Arrangement)  (Amendment)  Ordinance  2022  (the  “Amendment  Ordinance”) 
which abolishes the use of the accrued benefits derived from employers’ mandatory MPF contributions 
to offset severance payment and LSP (the “Abolition”). The Abolition will officially take effect on 1 May 
2025  (the  “Transition  Date”).  In  addition,  under  the  Amendment  Ordinance,  the  last  month’s  salary 
immediately preceding the Transition Date (instead of the date of termination of employment) is used 
to calculate the portion of LSP in respect of the employment period before the Transition Date.

In July 2023, the HKICPA published “Accounting implications of the abolition of the MPF-LSP offsetting 
mechanism  in  Hong  Kong”  which  provides  guidance  for  the  accounting  for  the  offsetting  mechanism 
and  the  impact  arising  from  abolition  of  the  MPF-LSP  offsetting  mechanism  in  Hong  Kong.  In  light  of 
this,  the  Group  has  implemented  the  guidance  published  by  the  HKICPA  in  connection  with  the  LSP 
obligation  retrospectively  so  as  to  provide  more  reliable  and  more  relevant  information  about  the 
effects of the offsetting mechanism and the Abolition.

92

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20232. 

APPLICATION  OF  NEW  AND  AMENDMENTS  TO  HONG  KONG  FINANCIAL  REPORTING 
STANDARDS (“HKFRSs”) AND CHANGES IN OTHER ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

New  and  amendments  to  HKFRSs  that  are  mandatorily  effective  for  the    current  year 
(continued)

Changes  in  accounting  policy  as  a  result  of  application  of  the  HKICPA  guidance  on  the  accounting 
implications  of  the  abolition  of  the  Mandatory  Provident  Fund  (“MPF”)  –  Long  Service  Payment  (“LSP”) 
offsetting mechanism in Hong Kong (continued)

The  Group  considered  the  accrued  benefits  arising  from  employer  MPF  contributions  that  have  been 
vested with the employee and which could be used to offset the employee’s LSP benefits as a deemed 
contribution by the employee towards the LSP. Historically, the Group has been applying the practical 
expedient  in  paragraph  93(b)  of  HKAS  19  to  account  for  the  deemed  employee  contributions  as  a 
reduction of the service cost in the period in which the related service is rendered.

Based  on  the  HKICPA’s  guidance,  as  a  result  of  the  Abolition,  these  contributions  are  no  longer 
considered “linked solely to the employee’s service in that period” since the mandatory employer MPF 
contributions  after  the  Transition  Date  can  still  be  used  to  offset  the  pre-transition  LSP  obligation. 
Therefore,  it  would  not  be  appropriate  to  view  the  contributions  as  “independent  of  the  number  of 
years  of  service”  and  the  practical  expedient  in  paragraph  93(b)  of  HKAS  19  is  no  longer  applicable. 
Instead,  these  deemed  contributions  should  be  attributed  to  periods  of  service  in  the  same  manner 
as  the  gross  LSP  benefit  applying  paragraph  93(a)  of  HKAS  19.  Accordingly,  the  Group  has  recognised 
a  cumulative  catch-up  adjustment  in  profit  or  loss  for  the  service  cost,  interest  expense  and 
remeasurement  effect  from  changes  in  actuarial  assumptions  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2022, 
with corresponding adjustment to the LSP obligation. The cumulative catch-up adjustment is calculated 
as the difference at the enactment date (16 June 2022) between the carrying amount of the LSP liability 
calculated under paragraph 93(b) of HKAS 19 before the Abolition and the carrying amount of the LSP 
liability calculated under paragraph 93(a) of HKAS 19 after the Abolition.

This  change  in  accounting  policy  did  not  have  any  impact  on  the  opening  balance  of  equity  at  1 
January  2022,  and  the  cash  flows  amounts  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2022.  The  application  of 
amendments  to  HKFRS  does  not  have  any  significant  impact  on  the  Group’s  financial  positions  and 
performance and/or on the disclosures set out in these consolidated financial statements.

93

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20232. 

APPLICATION  OF  NEW  AND  AMENDMENTS  TO  HONG  KONG  FINANCIAL  REPORTING 
STANDARDS (“HKFRSs”) AND CHANGES IN OTHER ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Amendments to HKFRSs in issue but not yet effective

The  Group  has  not  early  applied  the  following  amendments  to  HKFRSs  that  have  been  issued  but  are 
not yet effective:

Amendments to HKFRS 10 and HKAS 28

Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its 

Amendments to HKFRS 16
Amendments to HKAS 1

Associate or Joint Venture1

Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback2
Classification  of  Liabilities  as  Current  or  Non-current  and 
related  amendments  to  Hong  Kong  Interpretation  5 
(2020)2

Amendments to HKAS 1
Amendments to HKAS 7 and HKFRS 7
Amendments to HKAS 21

Non-current Liabilities with Covenant2
Supplier Finance Arrangements2
Lack of Exchangeability3

1 

2 

3 

Effective for annual periods beginning on or after a date to be determined.

Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2024.

Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2025.

The directors of the Company anticipate that the application of all amendments to HKFRSs will have no 
material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group in the foreseeable future.

94

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION

3.1  Basis of preparation of consolidated financial statements

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with HKFRSs issued by 
the HKICPA. For the purpose of preparation of the consolidated financial statements, information 
is considered material if such information is reasonably expected to influence decisions made by 
primary  users.  In  addition,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  include  applicable  disclosures 
required by the Listing Rules and by the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for 
certain financial instruments that are measured at fair values at the end of each reporting period, 
as explained in the accounting policies set out below.

Historical  cost  is  generally  based  on  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  given  in  exchange  for 
goods and services.

Fair  value  is  the  price  that  would  be  received  to  sell  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  in  an 
orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether 
that  price  is  directly  observable  or  estimated  using  another  valuation  technique.  In  estimating 
the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group takes into account the characteristics of the asset 
or liability if market participants would take those characteristics into account when pricing the 
asset or liability at the measurement date. Fair value for measurement and/or disclosure purposes 
in these consolidated financial statements is determined on such a basis, except for share-based 
payment  transactions  that  are  within  the  scope  of  HKFRS  2  “Share-based  Payment”,  leasing 
transactions  that  are  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  HKFRS  16  “Leases”,  and  measurements 
that have some similarities to fair value but are not fair value, such as net realisable value in HKAS 
2 “Inventories” or value in use in HKAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”.

A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes into account a market participant’s ability 
to  generate  economic  benefits  by  using  the  asset  in  its  highest  and  best  use  or  by  selling  it  to 
another market participant that would use the asset in its highest and best use. 

For  financial  instruments  which  are  transacted  at  fair  value  and  a  valuation  technique  in  which 
unobservable  inputs  are  to  be  used  to  measure  fair  value  in  subsequent  periods,  the  valuation 
technique is calibrated so that at initial recognition the results of the valuation technique equals 
the transaction price.

95

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.1  Basis of preparation of consolidated financial statements (continued)

In addition, for financial reporting purposes, fair value measurements are categorised into Level 
1, 2 or 3 based on the degree to which the inputs to the fair value measurements are observable 
and  the  significance  of  the  inputs  to  the  fair  value  measurement  in  its  entirety,  which  are 
described as follows:

• 

• 

• 

Level  1  inputs  are  quoted  prices  (unadjusted)  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  or 
liabilities that the entity can access at the measurement date;

Level  2  inputs  are  inputs,  other  than  quoted  prices  included  within  Level  1,  that  are 
observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

3.2  Material accounting policy information

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and 
entities controlled by the Company and its subsidiaries. Control is achieved when the Company:

• 

• 

• 

has power over the investee;

is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

The  Group  reassesses  whether  or  not  it  controls  an  investee  if  facts  and  circumstances  indicate 
that there are changes to one or more of the three elements of control listed above.

Consolidation  of  a  subsidiary  begins  when  the  Group  obtains  control  over  the  subsidiary  and 
ceases  when  the  Group  loses  control  of  the  subsidiary.  Specifically,  income  and  expenses  of  a 
subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated statement of 
profit  or  loss  and  other  comprehensive  income  from  the  date  the  Group  gains  control  until  the 
date when the Group ceases to control the subsidiary.

96

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Basis of consolidation (continued)

Profit or loss and each item of other comprehensive income are attributed to the owners of the 
Company  and  to  the  non-controlling  interests.  Total  comprehensive  income  of  subsidiaries  is 
attributed to the owners of the Company and to the non-controlling interests even if this results 
in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring their 
accounting policies in line with the Group’s accounting policies.

All  intra-group  assets  and  liabilities,  equity,  income,  expenses  and  cash  flows  relating  to 
transactions between members of the Group are eliminated in full on consolidation.

Business combinations or asset acquisitions

Optional concentration test

The  Group  can  elect  to  apply  an  optional  concentration  test,  on  a  transaction-by-transaction 
basis,  that  permits  a  simplified  assessment  of  whether  an  acquired  set  of  activities  and  assets 
is  not  a  business.  The  concentration  test  is  met  if  substantially  all  of  the  fair  value  of  the  gross 
assets  acquired  is  concentrated  in  a  single  identifiable  asset  or  group  of  similar  identifiable 
assets. The gross assets under assessment exclude cash and cash equivalents, deferred tax assets, 
and goodwill resulting from the effects of deferred tax liabilities. If the concentration test is met, 
the  set  of  activities  and  assets  is  determined  not  to  be  a  business  and  no  further  assessment  is 
needed.

Asset acquisitions

When  the  Group  acquires  a  group  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  do  not  constitute  a  business,  the 
Group identifies and recognises the individual identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed 
by  allocating  the  purchase  price  first  to  financial  assets/financial  liabilities  at  the  respective  fair 
values,  the  remaining  balance  of  the  purchase  price  is  then  allocated  to  the  other  identifiable 
assets  and  liabilities  on  the  basis  of  their  relative  fair  values  at  the  date  of  purchase.  Such  a 
transaction does not give rise to goodwill or bargain purchase gain.

Changes in the Group’s interests in existing subsidiaries

When  the  Group  loses  control  of  a  subsidiary,  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  that  subsidiary  are 
derecognised.  A  gain  or  loss  is  recognised  in  profit  or  loss  and  is  calculated  as  the  difference 
between  (i)  the  aggregate  of  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  received  and  the  fair  value  of 
any  retained  interest  and  (ii)  the  carrying  amount  of  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  subsidiary 
attributable  to  the  owners  of  the  Company.  All  amounts  previously  recognised  in  other 
comprehensive  income  in  relation  to  that  subsidiary  are  accounted  for  as  if  the  Group  had 
directly  disposed  of  the  related  assets  or  liabilities  of  the  subsidiary  (i.e.,  reclassified  to  profit  or 
loss or transferred to another category of equity as specified/permitted by applicable HKFRSs).

97

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Interests in subsidiaries

Interests in subsidiaries are stated at cost less any accumulated impairment loss.

Investment in joint operations

A  joint  operation  is  a  joint  arrangement  whereby  the  parties  that  have  joint  control  of  the 
arrangement  have  rights  to  the  assets,  and  obligations  for  the  liabilities,  relating  to  the  joint 
arrangement.  Joint  control  is  the  contractually  agreed  sharing  of  control  of  an  arrangement, 
which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require unanimous consent of the 
parties sharing control.

The  Group  accounts  for  the  assets,  liabilities,  revenues  and  expenses  relating  to  its  interest  in 
a  joint  operation  in  accordance  with  the  HKFRSs  applicable  to  the  particular  assets,  liabilities, 
revenues and expenses.

When  a  group  entity  transacts  with  a  joint  operation  in  which  a  group  entity  is  a  joint  operator 
(such  as  a  sale  or  contribution  of  assets),  the  Group  is  considered  to  be  conducting  the 
transaction with the other parties to the joint operation, and gains and losses resulting from the 
transactions are recognised in the Group’s consolidated financial statements only to the extent of 
other parties’ interests in the joint operation.

When  a  group  entity  transacts  with  a  joint  operation  in  which  a  group  entity  is  a  joint  operator 
(such as a purchase of assets), the Group does not recognise its share of the gains and losses until 
it resells those assets to a third party.

Revenue from contracts with customers

The  Group  recognises  revenue  when  (or  as)  a  performance  obligation  is  satisfied,  i.e.,  when 
“control” of the goods or services underlying the particular performance obligation is transferred 
to the customer.

A performance obligation represents a good or service (or a bundle of goods or services) that is 
distinct or a series of distinct goods or services that are substantially the same.

98

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Revenue from contracts with customers (continued)

Control is transferred over time and revenue is recognised over time by reference to the progress 
towards  complete  satisfaction  of  the  relevant  performance  obligation  if  one  of  the  following 
criteria is met:

• 

• 

• 

the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by the Group’s 
performance as the Group performs;

the  Group’s  performance  creates  or  enhances  an  asset  that  the  customer  controls  as  the 
Group performs; or

the Group’s performance does not create an asset with an alternative use to the Group and 
the Group has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date.

Otherwise,  revenue  is  recognised  at  a  point  in  time  when  the  customer  obtains  control  of  the 
distinct good or service. 

Output method

The  progress  towards  complete  satisfaction  of  a  performance  obligation  is  measured  based  on 
output method, which is to recognise revenue on the basis of direct measurements of the value 
of  the  goods  or  services  transferred  to  the  customer  to  date  relative  to  the  remaining  goods  or 
services  promised  under  the  contract,  that  best  depict  the  Group’s  performance  in  transferring 
control of goods or services.

As a practical expedient, if the Group has a right to consideration from a customer for an amount 
represents  and  corresponds  directly  with  the  value  of  performance  completed  and  transferred 
to the customers, the Group recognises revenue in the amount to which the Group has a right to 
invoice.

Dividend income is recognised when the Group’s right to receive the dividend is established.

Leases

Definition of a lease

A  contract  is,  or  contains,  a  lease  if  the  contract  conveys  the  right  to  control  the  use  of  an 
identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

For  contracts  entered  into  or  modified  on  or  after  the  date  of  initial  application  of  HKFRS  16  or 
arising from business combinations, the Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease 
based  on  the  definition  under  HKFRS  16  at  inception,  modification  date  or  acquisition  date,  as 
appropriate. Such contract will not be reassessed unless the terms and conditions of the contract 
are subsequently changed.

99

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Leases (continued)

The Group as a lessee

Allocation of consideration to components of a contract

For  a  contract  that  contains  a  lease  component  and  one  or  more  additional  lease  or  non-lease 
components, the Group allocates the consideration in the contract to each lease component on 
the basis of the relative stand-alone price of the lease component and the aggregate stand-alone 
price of the non-lease components.

Short-term leases

The  Group  applies  the  short-term  lease  recognition  exemption  to  leases  of  buildings  that  have 
a lease term of 12 months or less from the commencement date and do not contain a purchase 
option. Lease payments on short-term leases are recognised as expense on a straight-line basis or 
another systematic basis over the lease term.

Right-of-use assets

The cost of right-of-use asset includes:

• 

• 

• 

the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability;

any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives 
received; and

any initial direct costs incurred by the Group.

Right-of-use  assets  are  measured  at  cost,  less  any  accumulated  depreciation  and  impairment 
losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities.

Right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of its estimated useful 
life and the lease term.

The Group presents right-of-use assets as a separate line item on the consolidated statement of 
financial position.

Refundable rental deposits

Refundable  rental  deposits  paid  are  accounted  under  HKFRS  9  “Financial  Instruments”  (“HKFRS 
9”)  and  initially  measured  at  fair  value.  Adjustments  to  fair  value  at  initial  recognition  are 
considered as additional lease payments and included in the cost of right-of-use assets.

100

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Leases (continued)

Lease liabilities

At  the  commencement  date  of  a  lease,  the  Group  recognises  and  measures  the  lease  liability  at 
the present value of lease payments that are unpaid at that date. In calculating the present value 
of  lease  payments,  the  Group  uses  the  incremental  borrowing  rate  at  the  lease  commencement 
date if the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable.

The  lease  payments  include  fixed  payments  (including  in-substance  fixed  payments)  less  any 
lease incentives receivable.

After  the  commencement  date,  lease  liabilities  are  adjusted  by  interest  accretion  and  lease 
payments.

The  Group  presents  lease  liabilities  as  a  separate  line  item  on  the  consolidated  statement  of 
financial position.

Property, plant and equipment

Oil and gas properties

Expenditure  on  the  construction,  installation  or  completion  of  infrastructure  facilities  such  as 
platforms,  pipelines  and  the  drilling  of  commercially  proven  development  wells,  is  capitalised 
within  construction  in  progress  under  property,  plant  and  equipment.  When  development 
is  completed  on  a  specific  field,  it  is  transferred  to  oil  and  gas  properties.  No  depreciation  is 
charged during the development phase.

Oil  and  gas  production  properties  include  drilling  costs,  exploration  and  evaluation  costs, 
development costs and other direct costs attributable to the oil and gas production properties.

Oil  and  gas  properties  are  depreciated  and  depleted  using  the  unit-of-production  method. 
Unit-of-production  rates  are  based  on  oil  and  gas  reserves,  which  are  oil,  gas  and  other  mineral 
reserves  estimated  to  be  recovered  from  existing  facilities  using  current  operating  methods.  Oil 
and gas volumes are considered to be part of production once they have been measured through 
meters at custody transfer or sales transaction points at the outlet valve on the field storage tank.

Property, plant and equipment, including oil and gas properties, are stated at historical cost less 
depreciation and impairment. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to 
the acquisition of the items.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a  separate asset, 
as appropriate, only  when it is  probable  that future economic  benefits associated  with  the item 
will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of 
the replaced part is derecognised. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to profit or loss 
during the financial period in which they are incurred.

101

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Property, plant and equipment other than oil and gas properties

Property,  plant  and  equipment  other  than  oil  and  gas  properties  are  stated  in  the  consolidated 
statement  of  financial  position  at  cost  less  subsequent  accumulated  depreciation  and 
subsequent accumulated impairment losses, if any.

Constructions  in  progress  in  the  course  of  construction  for  production,  supply  or  administrative 
purposes are carried at cost, less any recognised impairment loss. Costs include any costs directly 
attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of 
operating  in  the  manner  intended  by  management  and,  for  qualifying  assets,  borrowing  costs 
capitalised in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy. Depreciation of these assets, on the 
same basis as other property assets, commences when the assets are ready for their intended use.

Depreciation is recognised so as to write-off the cost of items of property, plant and equipment 
less  their  residual  values  over  their  estimated  useful  lives,  using  the  straight-line  method.  The 
estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each 
reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

An  item  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  is  derecognised  upon  disposal  or  when  no  future 
economic  benefits  are  expected  to  arise  from  the  continued  use  of  the  asset.  Any  gain  or  loss 
arising on the disposal or retirement of an item of property, plant and equipment is determined 
as  the  difference  between  the  sales  proceeds  and  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  and  is 
recognised in profit or loss.

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets

At the end of the reporting period, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its property, plant 
and  equipment  and  right-of-use  assets  to  determine  whether  there  is  any  indication  that  these 
assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of 
the relevant asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any).

The recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets are estimated 
individually. When it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount individually, the Group 
estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

102

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets (continued)

In  testing  a  cash  generating  unit  for  impairment,  corporate  assets  are  allocated  to  the  relevant 
cash-generating  units  when  a  reasonable  and  consistent  basis  of  allocation  can  be  established, 
or  otherwise  they  are  allocated  to  the  smallest  group  of  cash-generating  units  for  which  a 
reasonable  and  consistent  allocation  basis  can  be  established.  The  recoverable  amount  is 
determined  for  the  cash-generating  unit  or  group  of  cash-generating  units  to  which  the 
corporate  asset  belongs,  and  is  compared  with  the  carrying  amount  of  the  relevant  cash– 
generating unit or group of cash-generating units.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. In assessing 
value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax 
discount  rate  that  reflects  current  market  assessments  of  the  time  value  of  money  and  the  risks 
specific to the asset (or a cash-generating unit) for which the estimates of future cash flows have 
not been adjusted.

If  the  recoverable  amount  of  an  asset  (or  a  cash-generating  unit)  is  estimated  to  be  less  than 
its  carrying  amount,  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  (or  a  cash-generating  unit)  is  reduced  to 
its  recoverable  amount.  For  corporate  assets  or  portion  of  corporate  assets  which  cannot  be 
allocated  on  a  reasonable  and  consistent  basis  to  a  cash-generating  unit,  the  Group  compares 
the carrying amount of a group of cash-generating units, including the carrying amounts of the 
corporate assets or portion of corporate assets allocated to that group of cash-generating units, 
with the recoverable amount of the group of cash-generating units. In allocating the impairment 
loss,  the  impairment  loss  is  allocated  first  to  reduce  the  carrying  amount  of  any  goodwill  (if 
applicable) and then to the other assets on a pro-rata basis based on the carrying amount of each 
asset  in  the  unit  or  the  group  of  cash-generating  units.  The  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  is  not 
reduced below the highest of its fair value less costs of disposal (if measurable), its value in use 
(if  determinable)  and  zero.  The  amount  of  the  impairment  loss  that  would  otherwise  have  been 
allocated  to  the  asset  is  allocated  pro  rata  to  the  other  assets  of  the  unit  or  the  group  of  cash– 
generating units. An impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Where  an  impairment  loss  subsequently  reverses,  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  (or  cash– 
generating  unit  or  a  group  of  cash-generating  units)  is  increased  to  the  revised  estimate  of  its 
recoverable  amount,  but  so  that  the  increased  carrying  amount  does  not  exceed  the  carrying 
amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset 
(or  a  cash-generating  unit  or  a  group  of  cash-generating  units)  in  prior  years.  A  reversal  of  an 
impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

103

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Provisions

Provisions  are  recognised  when  the  Group  has  a  present  obligation  (legal  or  constructive)  as  a 
result of a past event, it is probable that the Group will be required to settle that obligation, and a 
reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

The  amount  recognised  as  a  provision  is  the  best  estimate  of  the  consideration  required  to 
settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and 
uncertainties  surrounding  the  obligation.  When  a  provision  is  measured  using  the  cash  flows 
estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash 
flows (where the effect of the time value of money is material).

Decommissioning obligation

Decommissioning  obligation  represents  the  cost  for  the  future  abandonment  of  oil  and 
gas  production  equipment  and  facilities,  representing  the  legal  obligations,  at  the  end  of 
their  economic  lives.  Decommissioning  activities  may  include  facility  decommissioning  and 
dismantling, removal or treatment of waste materials, land rehabilitation and site restoration.

The  amount  recognised  as  part  of  the  cost  of  oil  and  gas  properties  is  the  estimated  cost 
of  decommissioning,  discounted  to  its  net  present  value.  The  timing  and  amount  of  future 
expenditure  are  reviewed  annually  together  with  the  interest  rate  to  be  used  in  discounting 
the  cash  flows.  Any  change  in  the  present  value  of  the  estimated  expenditure  is  dealt  with 
prospectively and reflected as an adjustment to the provision and a corresponding adjustment to 
property, plant and equipment – oil and gas properties.

Decommissioning  costs  are  depreciated  as  part  of  the  cost  of  oil  and  gas  properties  using  the 
unit-of-production method. The accretion of discount of  the provision of decommissioning  cost 
is recognised as finance costs in the consolidated profit or loss.

Financial instruments

Financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  are  recognised  when  a  group  entity  becomes  a  party 
to  the  contractual  provisions  of  the  instrument.  All  regular  way  purchases  or  sales  of  financial 
assets  are  recognised  and  derecognised  on  a  trade  date  basis.  Regular  way  purchases  or  sales 
are  purchases  or  sales  of  financial  assets  that  require  delivery  of  assets  within  the  time  frame 
established by regulation or convention in the market place.

Financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  are  initially  measured  at  fair  value  except  for  trade 
receivables  arising  from  contracts  with  customers  which  are  initially  measured  in  accordance 
with  HKFRS  15  “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers”.  Transaction  costs  that  are  directly 
attributable  to  the  acquisition  or  issue  of  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  (other  than 
financial  assets  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  (“FVTPL”))  are  added  to  or  deducted  from 
the  fair  value  of  the  financial  assets  or  financial  liabilities,  as  appropriate,  on  initial  recognition. 
Transaction  costs  directly  attributable  to  the  acquisition  of  financial  assets  or  financial  liabilities 
at FVTPL are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

104

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Effective interest method

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset or 
financial liability and of allocating interest income and interest expense over the relevant period. 
The  effective  interest  rate  is  the  rate  that  exactly  discounts  estimated  future  cash  receipts  and 
payments (including all fees and points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective 
interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the 
financial  asset  or  financial  liability,  or,  where  appropriate,  a  shorter  period,  to  the  net  carrying 
amount on initial recognition.

Interest  income  and  dividend  income  which  are  derived  from  the  Group’s  ordinary  course  of 
business are presented as revenue.

Financial assets

Classification and subsequent measurement of financial assets

Financial assets that meet the following conditions are subsequently measured at amortised cost:

• 

• 

the financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is to collect contractual 
cash flows; and

the contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of 
principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

Financial  assets  that  meet  the  following  conditions  are  subsequently  measured  at  fair  value 
through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”):

• 

• 

the  financial  asset  is  held  within  a  business  model  whose  objective  is  achieved  by  both 
selling and collecting contractual cash flows; and

the contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of 
principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

All  other  financial  assets  are  subsequently  measured  at  FVTPL,  except  that  at  initial  recognition 
of a financial asset, the Group may irrevocably elect to present subsequent changes in fair value 
of  an  equity  investment  in  other  comprehensive  income  (“OCI”)  if  that  equity  investment  is 
neither  held  for  trading  nor  contingent  consideration  recognised  by  an  acquirer  in  a  business 
combination to which HKFRS 3 “Business Combinations” applies.

105

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Financial assets (continued)

Classification and subsequent measurement of financial assets (continued)

A financial asset is held for trading if:

• 

• 

• 

it has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near term; or

on  initial  recognition  it  is  a  part  of  a  portfolio  of  identified  financial  instruments  that  the 
Group manages together and has a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking; or

it is a derivative that is not designated and effective as a hedging instrument.

In addition, the Group may irrevocably designate a financial asset that is required to be measured 
at  the  amortised  cost  or  FVTOCI  as  measured  at  FVTPL  if  doing  so  eliminates  or  significantly 
reduces an accounting mismatch.

(i) 

Amortised cost and interest income

Interest  income  is  recognised  using  the  effective  interest  method  for  financial  assets 
measured  subsequently  at  amortised  cost  and  debt  instruments  subsequently  measured 
at FVTOCI. Interest income is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the gross 
carrying  amount  of  a  financial  asset,  except  for  financial  assets  that  have  subsequently 
become  credit-impaired.  For  financial  assets  that  have  subsequently  become  credit– 
impaired,  interest  income  is  recognised  by  applying  the  effective  interest  rate  to  the 
amortised  cost  of  the  financial  asset  from  the  next  reporting  period.  If  the  credit  risk  on 
the  credit-impaired  financial  instrument  improves  so  that  the  financial  asset  is  no  longer 
credit-impaired, interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate to the 
gross  carrying  amount  of  the  financial  asset  from  the  beginning  of  the  reporting  period 
following the determination that the asset is no longer credit-impaired.

(ii) 

Debt instruments classified as at FVTOCI

Subsequent changes in the carrying amounts for debt instruments classified as at FVTOCI 
as a result of interest income calculated using the effective interest method are recognised 
in  profit  or  loss.  All  other  changes  in  the  carrying  amount  of  these  debt  instruments  are 
recognised in OCI and accumulated under the heading of investment revaluation reserve. 
Impairment allowances are recognised in profit or loss with corresponding adjustment to 
OCI  without  reducing  the  carrying  amounts  of  these  debt  instruments.  When  these  debt 
instruments are derecognised, the cumulative gains or losses previously recognised in OCI 
are reclassified to profit or loss.

106

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Financial assets (continued)

Classification and subsequent measurement of financial assets (continued)

(iii) 

Financial assets at FVTPL

Financial  assets  that  do  not  meet  the  criteria  for  being  measured  at  amortised  cost  or 
FVTOCI or designated as FVTOCI are measured at FVTPL.

Financial  assets  at  FVTPL  are  measured  at  fair  value  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period, 
with  any  fair  value  gains  or  losses  recognised  in  profit  or  loss.  The  net  gain  or  loss 
recognised in profit or loss excludes any dividend or interest earned on the financial asset 
and is included in the “net loss on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss” line 
item.

Impairment of financial assets subject to impairment assessment under HKFRS 9

The  Group  performs  impairment  assessment  under  expected  credit  loss  (“ECL”)  model  on 
financial  assets  (including  trade  and  other  receivables,  loan  and  interest  receivables,  cash  and 
cash  equivalents  and  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI)  which  are  subject  to  impairment  assessment 
under HKFRS 9. The amount of ECL is updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit 
risk since initial recognition.

Lifetime ECL represents the ECL that will result from all possible default events over the expected 
life of the relevant instrument. In contrast, 12-month ECL (“12m ECL”) represents the portion of 
lifetime  ECL  that  is  expected  to  result  from  default  events  that  are  possible  within  12  months 
after  the  reporting  date.  Assessments  are  done  based  on  the  Group’s  historical  credit  loss 
experience,  adjusted  for  factors  that  are  specific  to  the  debtors,  general  economic  conditions 
and an assessment of both the current conditions at the reporting date as well as the forecast of 
future conditions.

The  Group  always  recognises  lifetime  ECL  for  trade  receivables.  The  ECL  is  assessed  individually 
for trade receivables.

107

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Financial assets (continued)

Impairment of financial assets subject to impairment assessment under HKFRS 9 (continued)

For all other instruments, the Group measures the loss allowance equal to 12m ECL, unless when 
there  has  been  a  significant  increase  in  credit  risk  since  initial  recognition  in  which  case,  the 
Group  recognises  lifetime  ECL.  The  assessment  of  whether  lifetime  ECL  should  be  recognised 
is  based  on  significant  increases  in  the  likelihood  or  risk  of  a  default  occurring  since  initial 
recognition.

(i) 

Significant increase in credit risk

In  assessing  whether  the  credit  risk  has  increased  significantly  since  initial  recognition, 
the  Group  compares  the  risk  of  a  default  occurring  on  the  financial  instrument  as  at 
the  reporting  date  with  the  risk  of  a  default  occurring  on  the  financial  instrument  as 
at  the  date  of  initial  recognition.  In  making  this  assessment,  the  Group  considers  both 
quantitative  and  qualitative  information  that  is  reasonable  and  supportable,  including 
historical experience and forward-looking information that is available without undue cost 
or effort.

In  particular,  the  following  information  is  taken  into  account  when  assessing  whether 
credit risk has increased significantly:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

an actual or expected significant deterioration in the financial instrument’s external 
(if available) or internal credit rating;

significant deterioration in external market indicators of credit risk, e.g. a significant 
increase in the credit spread, the credit default swap prices for the debtor;

existing  or  forecast  adverse  changes  in  business,  financial  or  economic  conditions 
that  are  expected  to  cause  a  significant  decrease  in  the  debtor’s  ability  to  meet  its 
debt obligations;

an actual or expected significant deterioration in the operating results of the debtor; 
and

an  actual  or  expected  significant  adverse  change  in  the  regulatory,  economic,  or 
technological environment of the debtor that results in a significant decrease in the 
debtor’s ability to meet its debt obligations.

Irrespective of the outcome of the above assessment, the Group presumes that the credit 
risk  has  increased  significantly  since  initial  recognition  when  contractual  payments  are 
more than 30 days past due, unless the Group has reasonable and supportable information 
that demonstrates otherwise.

108

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Financial assets (continued)

Impairment of financial assets subject to impairment assessment under HKFRS 9 (continued)

(i) 

Significant increase in credit risk (continued)

Despite  the  aforegoing,  the  Group  assumes  that  the  credit  risk  on  a  debt  instrument  has 
not  increased  significantly  since  initial  recognition  if  the  debt  instrument  is  determined 
to have low credit risk at the reporting date. A debt instrument is determined to have low 
credit risk if (i) it has a low risk of default, (ii) the borrower has a strong capacity to meet its 
contractual  cash  flow  obligations  in  the  near  term  and  (iii)  adverse  changes  in  economic 
and business conditions in the longer term may, but will not necessarily, reduce the ability 
of the borrower to fulfil its contractual cash flow obligations. The Group considers a debt 
instrument  to  have  low  credit  risk  when  it  has  an  internal  or  external  credit  rating  of 
‘investment grade’ as per globally understood definitions or the counterparty can meet the 
financial commitment.

The  Group  regularly  monitors  the  effectiveness  of  the  criteria  used  to  identify  whether 
there  has  been  a  significant  increase  in  credit  risk  and  revises  them  as  appropriate  to 
ensure  that  the  criteria  are  capable  of  identifying  significant  increase  in  credit  risk  before 
the amount becomes past due.

(ii) 

Definition of default

For internal credit risk management, the Group considers an event of default occurs when 
information  developed  internally  or  obtained  from  external  sources  indicates  that  the 
debtor  is  unlikely  to  pay  its  creditors,  including  the  Group,  in  full  (without  taking  into 
account any collateral held by the Group).

Irrespective  of  the  above,  the  Group  considers  that  default  has  occurred  when  a  financial 
asset  is  more  than  90  days  past  due  unless  the  Group  has  reasonable  and  supportable 
information to demonstrate that a more lagging default criterion is more appropriate.

109

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Financial assets (continued)

Impairment of financial assets subject to impairment assessment under HKFRS 9 (continued)

(iii) 

Credit-impaired financial assets

A  financial  asset  is  credit-impaired  when  one  or  more  events  that  have  a  detrimental 
impact on the estimated future cash flows of that financial asset have occurred. Evidence 
that  a  financial  asset  is  credit-impaired  includes  observable  data  about  the  following 
events:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

significant financial difficulty of the issuer or the borrower;

a breach of contract, such as a default or past due event;

the  lender(s)  of  the  borrower,  for  economic  or  contractual  reasons  relating  to  the 
borrower’s  financial  difficulty,  having  granted  to  the  borrower  a  concession(s)  that 
the lender(s) would not otherwise consider;

it  is  becoming  probable  that  the  borrower  will  enter  bankruptcy  or  other  financial 
reorganisation;

the  disappearance  of  an  active  market  for  that  financial  asset  because  of  financial 
difficulties; or

the issuer engaging in businesses that are unstable

(iv)  Write-off policy

The  Group  writes  off  a  financial  asset  when  there  is  information  indicating  that  the 
counterparty  is  in  severe  financial  difficulty  and  there  is  no  realistic  prospect  of  recovery, 
for  example,  when  the  counterparty  has  been  placed  under  liquidation  or  has  entered 
into  bankruptcy  proceedings,  or  in  the  case  of  trade  receivables,  when  the  amounts  are 
over  two  years  past  due,  whichever  occurs  sooner.  Financial  assets  written  off  may  still 
be  subject  to  enforcement  activities  under  the  Group’s  recovery  procedures,  taking  into 
account legal advice where appropriate. A write-off constitutes a derecognition event. Any 
subsequent recoveries are recognised in profit or loss.

110

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Financial assets (continued)

Impairment of financial assets subject to impairment assessment under HKFRS 9 (continued)

(v)  Measurement and recognition of ECL

The measurement of ECL is a function of the probability of default, loss given default (i.e., 
the magnitude of the loss if there is a default) and the exposure at default. The assessment 
of  the  probability  of  default  and  loss  given  default  is  based  on  historical  data  adjusted 
by  forward-looking  information.  Estimation  of  ECL  reflects  an  unbiased  and  probability– 
weighted  amount  that  is  determined  with  the  respective  risks  of  default  occurring  as  the 
weights.

Generally,  the  ECL  is  the  difference  between  all  contractual  cash  flows  that  are  due  to 
the  Group  in  accordance  with  the  contract  and  the  cash  flows  that  the  Group  expects  to 
receive, discounted at the effective interest rate determined at initial recognition.

Where  ECL  is  measured  on  a  collective  basis  or  cater  for  cases  where  evidence  at  the 
individual instrument level may not yet be available, the financial instruments are grouped 
on the following basis:

• 

• 

• 

• 

Nature of financial instruments (i.e., the Group’s other receivables are assessed as a 
separate group);

Past-due status;

Nature, size and industry of debtors; and

External credit ratings where available.

The  grouping  is  regularly  reviewed  by  management  to  ensure  the  constituents  of  each 
group continue to share similar credit risk characteristics.

Interest  income  is  calculated  based  on  the  gross  carrying  amount  of  the  financial  asset 
unless  the  financial  asset  is  credit-impaired,  in  which  case  interest  income  is  calculated 
based on amortised cost of the financial asset.

For  trade  receivables  and  loan  and  interest  receivables,  the  ECL  is  recognised  through  a 
loss allowance account. For debt instruments at FVTOCI, the ECL is recognised in profit or 
loss with corresponding adjustment to OCI without reducing the carrying amounts of the 
debt instruments.

111

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Financial assets (continued)

Derecognition/Modification of financial assets

The Group derecognises a financial asset only when the contractual rights to the cash flows from 
the asset expire, or when it transfers the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards 
of ownership of the asset to another entity. If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially 
all the risks and rewards of ownership and continues to control the transferred asset, the Group 
recognises  its  retained  interest  in  the  asset  and  an  associated  liability  for  amounts  it  may  have 
to  pay.  If  the  Group  retains  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  of  a  transferred 
financial  asset,  the  Group  continues  to  recognise  the  financial  asset  and  also  recognises  a 
collateralised borrowing for the proceeds received.

On  derecognition  of  a  financial  asset  measured  at  amortised  cost,  the  difference  between  the 
asset’s carrying amount and the sum of the consideration received and receivable is recognised 
in profit or loss.

On  derecognition  of  an  investment  in  a  debt  instrument  classified  as  at  FVTOCI,  the  cumulative 
gain or loss previously accumulated in the investment revaluation reserve is reclassified to profit 
or loss.

A  modification  of  a  financial  asset  occurs  if  the  contractual  cash  flows  are  renegotiated  or 
otherwise modified.

Except for changes in the basis for determining the contractual cash flows as a result of interest 
rate benchmark reform in which the Group applies the practical expedient, when the contractual 
terms  of  a  financial  asset  are  modified,  the  Group  assesses  whether  the  revised  terms  result 
in  a  substantial  modification  from  original  terms  taking  into  account  all  relevant  facts  and 
circumstances including qualitative factors. If qualitative assessment is not conclusive, the Group 
considers  the  terms  are  substantially  different  if  the  discounted  present  value  of  the  cash  flows 
under the new terms, including any fees paid net of any fees received, and discounted using the 
original effective interest rate, is at least 10 per cent different from the discounted present value 
of the remaining cash flows of the original financial asset, after reducing gross carrying amount 
that has been written off.

For  non-substantial  modifications  of  financial  assets  that  do  not  result  in  derecognition,  the 
carrying  amount  of  the  relevant  financial  assets  will  be  calculated  at  the  present  value  of  the 
modified contractual cash flows discounted at the financial assets’ original effective interest rate. 
Transaction costs or fees incurred are adjusted to the carrying amount of the modified financial 
assets and are amortised over the remaining term. Any adjustment to the carrying amount of the 
financial asset is recognised in profit or loss at the date of modification.

112

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Financial liabilities and equity

Classification as debt or equity

Debt and equity instruments are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance 
with the substance of the contractual arrangements and the definitions of a financial liability and 
an equity instrument.

Equity instruments

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity 
after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Company are recognised at 
the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

Financial liabilities including other payables are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using 
the effective interest method.

Derecognition of financial liabilities

The  Group  derecognises  financial  liabilities  when,  and  only  when,  the  Group’s  obligations  are 
discharged,  cancelled  or  have  expired.  The  difference  between  the  carrying  amount  of  the 
financial liability derecognised and the consideration paid and payable is recognised in profit or 
loss.

Taxation

Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

Current tax

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit 
(loss) before tax because of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and 
items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using 
tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

113

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Taxation (continued)

Deferred tax

Deferred  tax  is  recognised  on  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets 
and  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  corresponding  tax  bases  used  in 
the computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable 
temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are generally recognised for all deductible temporary 
differences  to  the  extent  that  it  is  probable  that  taxable  profits  will  be  available  against  which 
those  deductible  temporary  differences  can  be  utilised.  Such  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities 
are  not  recognised  if  the  temporary  difference  arises  from  the  initial  recognition  (other  than 
in  a  business  combination)  of  assets  and  liabilities  in  a  transaction  that  affects  neither  the 
taxable  profit  nor  the  accounting  profit  and  at  the  time  of  the  transaction  does  not  give  rise  to 
equal  taxable  and  deductible  temporary  differences.  In  addition,  deferred  tax  liabilities  are  not 
recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill.

Deferred  tax  liabilities  are  recognised  for  taxable  temporary  differences  associated  with 
investments  in  subsidiaries  and  interests  in  joint  operations,  except  where  the  Group  is  able  to 
control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference 
will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary 
differences associated with such investments and interests are only recognised to the extent that 
it  is  probable  that  there  will  be  sufficient  taxable  profits  against  which  to  utilise  the  benefits  of 
the temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.

The  carrying  amount  of  deferred  tax  assets  is  reviewed  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period  and 
reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available 
to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the 
period in which the liability is settled or the asset is realised, based on tax rate (and tax laws) that 
have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would 
follow  from  the  manner  in  which  the  Group  expects,  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period,  to 
recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

For  the  purposes  of  measuring  deferred  tax  for  leasing  transactions  in  which  the  Group 
recognises  the  right-of-use  assets  and  the  related  lease  liabilities,  the  Group  first  determines 
whether the tax deductions are attributable to the right-of-use assets or the lease liabilities.

114

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Taxation (continued)

Deferred tax (continued)

For  leasing  transactions  in  which  the  tax  deductions  are  attributable  to  the  lease  liabilities,  the 
Group  applies  HKAS  12  “Income  Taxes”  requirements  to  right-of-use  assets  and  lease  liabilities 
separately.  The  Group  recognises  a  deferred  tax  asset  related  to  lease  liabilities  to  the  extent 
that  it  is  probable  that  taxable  profit  will  be  available  against  which  the  deductible  temporary 
difference can be utilised and a deferred tax liability for all taxable temporary differences.

Current and deferred tax for the year

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  offset  when  there  is  a  legally  enforceable  right  to  set  off 
current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied to the 
same taxable entity by the same taxation authority.

Current  and  deferred  tax  are  recognised  in  profit  or  loss,  except  when  they  relate  to  items  that 
are  recognised  in  OCI  or  directly  in  equity,  in  which  case,  the  current  and  deferred  tax  are  also 
recognised in OCI or directly in equity respectively.

In  assessing  any  uncertainty  over  income  tax  treatments,  the  Group  considers  whether  it 
is  probable  that  the  relevant  tax  authority  will  accept  the  uncertain  tax  treatment  used,  or 
proposed to be used by individual group entities in their income tax filings. If it is probable, the 
current  and  deferred  taxes  are  determined  consistently  with  the  tax  treatment  in  the  income 
tax  filings.  If  it  is  not  probable  that  the  relevant  taxation  authority  will  accept  an  uncertain  tax 
treatment,  the  effect  of  each  uncertainty  is  reflected  by  using  either  the  most  likely  amount  or 
the expected value.

Employee benefits

Retirement benefits costs

Payments to Mandatory Provident Fund Scheme (“MPF Scheme”) and the Canada Pension Fund 
are  recognised  as  an  expense  when  employees  have  rendered  service  entitling  them  to  the 
contributions.

For LSP obligation, the Group accounts for the employer MPF contributions expected to be offset 
as a deemed employee contribution towards the LSP obligation in terms of HKAS 19.93(a) and it 
is measure on a net basis. The estimated amount of future benefit is determined after deducting 
the  negative  service  cost  arising  from  the  accrued  benefits  derived  from  the  Group’s  MPF 
contributions that have been vested with employees, which are deemed to be contributions from 
the relevant employees.

115

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Employee benefits (continued)

Short-term and other long-term employee benefits

Short-term  employee  benefits  are  recognised  at  the  undiscounted  amount  of  the  benefits 
expected  to  be  paid  as  and  when  employees  rendered  the  services.  All  short-term  employee 
benefits are recognised as an expense unless another HKFRS requires or permits the inclusion of 
the benefit in the cost of an asset.

A  liability  is  recognised  for  benefits  accruing  to  employees  (such  as  wages  and  salaries  and 
annual leave) after deducting any amount already paid.

Liabilities  recognised  in  respect  of  other  long-term  employee  benefits  are  measured  at  the 
present value of the estimated future cash outflows expected to be made by the Group in respect 
of  services  provided  by  employees  up  to  the  reporting  date.  Any  changes  in  the  liabilities’ 
carrying  amounts  resulting  from  service  cost,  interest  and  remeasurements  are  recognised  in 
profit  or  loss  except  to  the  extent  that  another  HKFRS  requires  or  permits  their  inclusion  in  the 
cost of an asset.

Share-based payments

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions

Share options granted to employees and directors

Equity-settled  share-based  payments  to  employees  and  directors  providing  similar  services  are 
measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date.

The fair value of the equity-settled share-based payments determined at the grant date without 
taking  into  consideration  all  non-market  vesting  conditions  is  expensed  on  a  straight-line  basis 
over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of equity instruments that will eventually 
vest, with a corresponding increase in equity (share options reserve). At the end of each reporting 
period,  the  Group  revises  its  estimate  of  the  number  of  equity  instruments  expected  to  vest 
based  on  assessment  of  all  relevant  non-market  vesting  conditions.  The  impact  of  the  revision 
of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense 
reflects  the  revised  estimate,  with  a  corresponding  adjustment  to  the  share  options  reserve. 
For  share  options  that  vest  immediately  at  the  date  of  grant,  the  fair  value  of  the  share  options 
granted is expensed immediately to profit or loss.

When  share  options  are  exercised,  the  amount  previously  recognised  in  share-based  payments 
reserve  will  be  transferred  to  share  premium.  When  the  share  options  are  forfeited  after  the 
vesting  date  or  are  still  not  exercised  at  the  expiry  date,  the  amount  previously  recognised  in 
share options reserve will continue to be held in share options reserve.

116

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20233. 

BASIS  OF  PREPARATION  OF  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION (continued)

3.2  Material accounting policy information (continued)

Government grants

Government  grants  are  not  recognised  until  there  is  reasonable  assurance  that  the  Group  will 
comply with the conditions attaching to them and that the grants will be received.

Government  grants  related  to  income  that  are  receivable  as  compensation  for  expenses  or 
losses  already  incurred  or  for  the  purpose  of  giving  immediate  financial  support  to  the  Group 
with no future related costs are recognised in profit or loss in the period  in  which  they  become 
receivable. Such grants are presented under “other income and losses, net”.

Foreign currencies

In  preparing  the  financial  statements  of  each  individual  group  entity,  transactions  in  currencies 
other than the functional currency of that entity (foreign currencies) are recognised at the rates 
of  exchanges  prevailing  on  the  dates  of  the  transactions.  At  the  end  of  the  reporting  period, 
monetary  items  denominated  in  foreign  currencies  are  retranslated  at  the  rates  prevailing  at 
that  date.  Non-monetary  items  carried  at  fair  value  that  are  denominated  in  foreign  currencies 
are  retranslated  at  the  rates  prevailing  on  the  date  when  the  fair  value  was  determined.  Non– 
monetary  items  that  are  measured  in  terms  of  historical  cost  in  a  foreign  currency  are  not 
retranslated.

Exchange  differences  arising  on  the  settlement  of  monetary  items,  and  on  the  retranslation  of 
monetary items, are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they arise.

For  the  purposes  of  presenting  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  assets  and  liabilities 
of  the  Group’s  foreign  operations  are  translated  into  the  presentation  currency  of  the  Group 
(i.e.,  HK$)  using  exchange  rates  prevailing  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period.  Income  and 
expenses  items  are  translated  at  the  average  exchange  rates  for  the  period,  unless  exchange 
rates  fluctuated  significantly  during  the  period,  in  which  case,  the  exchange  rates  at  the 
date  of  transactions  are  used.  Exchange  differences  arising,  if  any,  are  recognised  in  OCI  and 
accumulated in equity under the heading of translation reserve.

On  the  disposal  of  a  foreign  operation  (that  is,  a  disposal  of  the  Group’s  entire  interest  in  a 
foreign  operation,  or  a  disposal  involving  loss  of  control  over  a  subsidiary  that  includes  a 
foreign  operation,  or  a  partial  disposal  of  an  interest  in  a  joint  arrangement  that  includes  a 
foreign  operation  of  which  the  retained  interest  becomes  a  financial  asset),  all  of  the  exchange 
differences accumulated in equity in respect of that operation attributable to the owners of the 
Company are reclassified to profit or loss.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents presented on the consolidated statement of financial position include:

(a) 

(b) 

cash,  which  comprises  of  cash  on  hand  and  demand  deposits,  excluding  bank  balances 
that  are  subject  to  regulatory  restrictions  that  result  in  such  balances  no  longer  meeting 
the definition of cash; and

cash  equivalents,  which  comprises  of  short-term  (generally  with  original  maturity  of 
three  months  or  less),  highly  liquid  investments  that  are  readily  convertible  to  a  known 
amount  of  cash  and  which  are  subject  to  an  insignificant  risk  of  changes  in  value.  Cash 
equivalents are held for the purpose of meeting short-term cash commitments rather than 
for investment or other purposes.

117

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20234.  MATERIAL ACCOUNTING JUDGMENT AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY

In  the  application  of  the  Group’s  accounting  policies,  which  are  described  in  Note  3,  the  directors  of 
the Company are required to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and underlying 
assumptions  are  based  on  historical  experience  and  other  factors  that  are  considered  to  be  relevant. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an on-going basis. Revisions to accounting 
estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that 
period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future 
periods.

Material judgments in applying accounting policies

The  following  are  the  material  judgments,  apart  from  those  involving  estimations  (see  below),  that 
the  directors  of  the  Company  have  made  in  the  process  of  applying  the  Group’s  accounting  policies 
and  that  have  the  most  significant  effect  on  the  amounts  recognised  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements.

Judgment on whether there has been significant increase in credit risk in respect of the Group’s financial 
assets

The  management  assesses  whether  there  has  been  a  significant  increase  in  credit  risk  for  exposures 
since initial recognition in respect of the Group’s loan and interest receivables and debt instruments at 
FVTOCI. If there has been a significant increase in credit risk, the Group will measure the loss allowance 
based  on  lifetime  ECL  rather  than  12-month  ECL.  In  assessing  whether  the  credit  risk  of  an  asset  has 
significantly  increased,  the  Group  takes  into  account  qualitative  factors  and  result  of  quantitative 
modelling  supported  by  reasonable  and  supportable  forward-looking  information  available  without 
undue  cost  or  effort  with  significant  judgments  involved.  The  Group  determines  individually  whether 
the  loan  and  interest  receivables  and  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI  have  been  credit-impaired  when 
one  or  more  events  that  having  detrimental  impacts  on  the  estimated  future  cash  flows  occurred.  In 
addition, judgement is involved to assess whether a change in the contractual terms of the Group’s loan 
and interest receivables and debt instruments at FVTOCI would lead to (i) an increase in credit risk; and 
(ii) the need to derecognise the existing loan and interest receivables and debt instruments at FVTOCI 
and  recognise  new  loan  and  interest  receivables  and  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI.  The  information 
about  the  ECL  and  the  Group’s  loan  and  interest  receivables  and  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI  are 
disclosed in Notes 37, 22 and 21 respectively.

118

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20234.  MATERIAL ACCOUNTING JUDGMENT AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY 

(continued)

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
The  following  are  the  key  assumptions  concerning  the  future,  and  other  key  sources  of  estimation 
uncertainty  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period,  that  may  have  a  significant  risk  of  causing  a  material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year.

Estimated  impairment  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  related  to  petroleum  exploration  and 
production business (“OGP”)

Property, plant and equipment are stated at costs less accumulated depreciation (where applicable) and 
impairment,  if  any.  In  determining  whether  an  asset  is  impaired,  the  Group  has  to  exercise  judgment 
and  make  estimation,  particularly  in  assessing  whether  an  event  has  occurred  or  any  indicators  that 
may affect the recoverable amount of the assets. In estimating the value in use (“VIU”), the net present 
value of future cash flows is estimated based upon the continued use of the asset and the application 
of key assumptions in cash flow projections and determination of discount rate. When it is not possible 
to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Group estimates the recoverable amount 
of the cash generating unit to which the assets belongs, including allocation of corporate assets when 
a  reasonable  and  consistent  basis  of  allocation  can  be  established,  otherwise  recoverable  amount  is 
determined at the smallest group of cash generating units, for which the relevant corporate assets have 
been allocated.

The  OGP  comprising  oil  and  gas  properties  and  construction  in  progress,  the  management  estimates 
the  VIU  based  on  the  cash  flow  projections  of  the  petroleum  exploration  and  production  business, 
taking  into  account  the  oil  reserves  in  Canada  as  at  the  year  end,  management’s  future  business 
development  plan,  crude  oil  selling  prices,  royalties  rate,  operating  costs  and  discount  rate.  Changing 
the assumptions and estimates could materially affect the recoverable amounts.

The  management  worked  closely  with  the  independent  qualified  valuer  and  the  oil  and  gas  reserves 
specialist to establish and determine the appropriate basis, methodology and assumptions.

At  31  December  2023,  the  carrying  amounts  of  the  OGP  amounted  to  HK$179,312,000  (2022: 
HK$177,359,000)  (comprising  oil  and  gas  properties  of  HK$177,135,000  (2022:  HK$159,358,000)  and 
construction in progress of HK$2,177,000 (2022: HK$18,001,000)) and no impairment had been provided 
for the year ended 31 December 2023 (2022: nil).

Provision of ECL for loan and interest receivables

Management  regularly  reviews  the  impairment  assessment  and  evaluates  the  ECL  of  the  loan  and 
interest receivables. Appropriate impairment allowance is recognised in profit or loss.

In  assessing  whether  the  credit  risk  has  increased  significantly  since  initial  recognition,  the  Group 
compares the risk of a default occurring on the financial instrument at the reporting date with the risk 
perceived at the date of initial recognition. In making this assessment, the loan and interest receivables 
from  borrowers  are  assessed  individually  by  the  management  of  the  Group,  based  on  the  financial 
background,  financial  condition  and  historical  settlement  records,  including  past  due  dates  and 
probability  of  default,  of  each  borrower  and  reasonable  and  supportable  forward-looking  information 
(such as macroeconomic factors including Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”) growth and unemployment 
rate  with  adjustment  on  different  scenarios  of  economic  environment  prospect)  that  is  available 
without undue cost or effort.

119

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20234.  MATERIAL ACCOUNTING JUDGMENT AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY 

(continued)

Key sources of estimation uncertainty (continued)
Provision of ECL for loan and interest receivables (continued)

Each  borrower  is  assigned  a  risk  grading  under  internal  credit  ratings  to  calculate  the  ECL,  taking 
into  consideration  of  the  estimates  of  expected  cash  shortfalls  which  are  driven  by  the  estimates  of 
probability  of  default  and  the  amount  and  timing  of  cash  flows  that  are  expected  from  foreclosure 
on  the  collateral  (if  any)  less  the  costs  of  selling  the  collateral.  At  every  reporting  date,  the  financial 
background, financial condition and historical settlement records of each borrower are reassessed and 
changes in the forward–looking information are considered.

The management further assesses the amount of exposure of default by assessing the potential loss in 
view  of  the  credit  risk  on  credit-impaired  loan  and  interest  receivables  to  which  the  Group  is  exposed 
and  enables  the  Group  to  take  appropriate  corrective  actions  promptly.  In  assessing  the  amount  of 
exposure  of  default,  the  Group  takes  into  account  the  timing  of  cash  flows  that  are  expected  from 
foreclosure  on  the  collateral  less  the  costs  of  selling  the  collateral.  The  provision  of  ECL  is  sensitive  to 
changes in estimates.

The information about the ECL and the Group’s loan and interest receivables are disclosed in Notes 37 
and 22 respectively.

Debt instrument at FVTOCI

The Group’s debts instruments at FVTOCI are held within a business model whose objective is achieved 
by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling of these assets and the contractual cash flows of 
these investments are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

Provision of ECL for debt instruments at FVTOCI

The  Group  performed  impairment  assessment  for  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI  under  ECL  model 
individually. The determination of the loss allowances is dependent on the external macro environment 
and the credit rating of each debt securities. The management takes into consideration historical data 
from the international rating agencies.

The Group determines individually whether the debt instruments at FVTOCI have been credit-impaired 
when one or more events that having detrimental impacts on the estimated future cash flows occurred. 
Evidence  that  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI  are  credit-impaired  includes  observable  data  including 
significant financial difficulty of the issuer; and the issuer is engaging in business that is unstable.

The provision of ECL involves significant estimates and judgments, including determination of whether 
there is significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, use of assumptions in determination 
of probability of default and loss given default, and incorporation of forward looking information. The 
information about the ECL and the Group’s debt instruments at FVTOCI are disclosed in Notes 37 and 21 
respectively.

At  31  December  2023,  the  carrying  amounts  of  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI  was  HK$3,662,000  (2022: 
HK$33,739,000)  with  provision  of  ECL  of  HK$8,832,000  (2022:  HK$11,081,000)  recognised  during  the 
year.

120

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20235. 

REVENUE

Revenue from major products and services

The  Group’s  revenue  is  arising  from  petroleum  exploration  and  production,  solar  energy,  money 
lending and investment in securities businesses.

An analysis of the Group’s revenue for the year is as follows:

Sales of petroleum
Less: Royalties

Sales of petroleum, net of royalties
Sales of electricity
Interest income from money lending business*
Interest income from debt instruments at FVTOCI*
Dividend income from financial assets at FVTPL

2023
HK$’000

83,683
(12,086)

71,597
8,160
2,490
792
43

2022
HK$’000

39,821
(8,889)

30,932
6,536
3,877
3,605
152

83,082

45,102

* 

Under effective interest method

During the years ended 31 December 2023 and 2022, revenue from sales of petroleum was recognised 
at  a  point  in  time.  Revenue  from  sales  of  petroleum  was  recognised  once  the  control  of  the  crude  oil 
was transferred from the Group to the customer. Revenue was measured based on the oil price agreed 
with the customers at the point of sales.

During the years ended 31 December 2023 and 2022, revenue from sales of electricity was recognised 
at  a  point  in  time  when  the  electricity  generated  (by  solar  energy  power  generation  systems)  and 
transmitted was simultaneously received and consumed by the power companies under the Renewable 
Energy Feed-in Tariff Scheme (the “FiT Scheme”), jointly launched by the Hong Kong Government and 
the two power companies in Hong Kong. The Group has no unsatisfied performance obligations at the 
end of each reporting date.

Dividend income and interest income fall outside the scope of HKFRS 15.

121

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6. 

SEGMENT INFORMATION

The  following  is  an  analysis  of  the  Group’s  revenue  and  results  by  operating  segments,  based  on  the 
information provided to the chief operating decision maker representing the Board, for the purposes of 
allocating resources to segments and assessing their performance. This is also the basis upon which the 
Group is arranged and organised.

The Group’s operating segments under HKFRS 8 “Operating Segments” are as follows:

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

(iv) 

Petroleum exploration and production

Solar energy

Money lending

Investment in securities

122

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20236. 

SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

Segment revenue and results

The following is an analysis of the Group’s revenue and results by operating segments:

For the year ended 31 December 2023

Petroleum 
exploration 
and
production
HK$’000

Solar
energy
HK$’000

Money
lending
HK$’000

Investment
in securities
HK$’000

Total
HK$’000

71,597

8,160

2,490

835

83,082

17,874
–

2,661
–

2,520
11,300

(1,206)
(8,832)

21,849
2,468

Segment revenue
External sales/sources

Results
Segment results before reversal 

(provision) of ECL

Reversal (provision) of ECL

Segment results

17,874

2,661

13,820

(10,038)

24,317

Other income and losses, net
Corporate expenses
Gain on disposal of subsidiaries
Finance costs

Profit before tax
Income tax expense

Profit for the year

Other information
Depreciation of property,  
plant and equipment

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

10,744
(12,626)
1
(102)

22,334
(834)

21,500

(19,748)
(33)

(4,762)
(226)

–
–

–
–

(24,510)
(259)

123

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6. 

SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

Segment revenue and results (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Petroleum 
exploration 
and
production
HK$’000

Solar
energy
HK$’000

Money
lending
HK$’000

Investment
in securities
HK$’000

Total
HK$’000

30,932

6,536

3,877

3,757

45,102

4,078
–

1,403
–

3,782
(20,019)

1,338
(11,081)

10,601
(31,100)

Segment revenue
External sales/sources

Results
Segment results before  

provision of ECL

Provision of ECL

Segment results

4,078

1,403

(16,237)

(9,743)

(20,499)

Other income and losses, net
Corporate expenses
Gain on disposal of subsidiaries
Finance costs

Loss before tax
Income tax credit

Loss for the year

Other information
Depreciation of property,  
plant and equipment

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

(8,818)
(17,772)
159
(27)

(46,957)
211

(46,746)

(7,973)
–

(3,528)
(226)

–
–

–
–

(11,501)
(226)

The  accounting  policies  of  the  operating  segments  are  the  same  as  the  Group’s  accounting  policies 
described in Note 3. Segment results represent the profit earned/loss incurred by each segment without 
allocation of certain other income and losses, net, corporate expenses, gain on disposal of subsidiaries, 
certain finance costs and income tax (expense) credit.

124

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6. 

SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

Segment assets and liabilities

The following is an analysis of the Group’s assets and liabilities by reportable and operating segments:

Segment assets
Petroleum exploration and production
Solar energy
Money lending
Investment in securities

Total segment assets
Unallocated:

Property, plant and equipment
Cash and cash equivalents
Right-of-use assets
Other assets

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

208,918
59,255
17,666
6,483

203,649
50,890
63,662
38,511

292,322

356,712

166
149,158
1,419
2,030

653
73,914
101
2,309

Consolidated assets

445,095

433,689

Segment liabilities
Petroleum exploration and production
Solar energy
Money lending

Total segment liabilities
Unallocated:

Lease liabilities
Other liabilities

Consolidated liabilities

35,671
2,388
–

51,539
2,568
2

38,059

54,109

1,447
2,136

164
3,103

41,642

57,376

For the purposes of monitoring segment performance and allocating resources between segments:

• 

• 

all assets are allocated to operating segments other than certain property, plant and equipment, 
certain cash and cash equivalents, certain right-of-use assets and certain other assets; and

all  liabilities  are  allocated  to  operating  segments  other  than  certain  lease  liabilities  and  certain 
other liabilities.

125

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6. 

SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

Geographical information

The  Group’s  operations  are  located  in  Canada  and  Hong  Kong.  The  Group’s  operation  in  Argentina 
ceased in the previous year.

Information  about  the  Group’s  revenue  from  external  customers/sources  is  presented  based  on  the 
geographical  location  of  the  customers/sources.  Information  about  the  Group’s  non-current  assets  is 
presented based on the geographical location of the assets.

Revenue from external
customers/sources

Year ended 31 December
2022
HK$’000

2023
HK$’000

Non-current
assets (Note)

At 31 December

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

185,615
50,990

Canada
Hong Kong

71,597
11,485

30,932
14,170

188,297
57,589

83,082

45,102

245,886

236,605

Note:   Non-current assets excluded debt instruments at FVTOCI.

Information about major customers

Revenue  from  customers  of  the  corresponding  years  contributing  over  10%  of  the  total  revenue  is  as 
follows:

Customer A 1
Customer B 2

2023
HK$’000

64,818
N/A3

2022
HK$’000

30,166
6,536

Notes:

1 

2 

3 

Revenue from petroleum exploration and production business

Revenue from solar energy business

The  corresponding  revenue  did  not  contribute  over  10%  of  the  total  revenue  of  the  Group  during  the 

relevant year

126

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7. 

PURCHASES, PROCESSING AND RELATED EXPENSES

Operating costs for petroleum exploration and production business
Operating and maintenance costs for solar energy business

8. 

OTHER INCOME AND LOSSES, NET

Bank and other interest income
Refund of deposit written-off in prior year (Note (i))
Exchange gain (loss), net
Write-off of property, plant and equipment
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Government grants (Note (ii))
Modification loss on debt instrument at FVTOCI
Others

2023
HK$’000

22,800
402

2022
HK$’000

12,703
1,249

23,202

13,952

2023
HK$’000

5,856
3,081
2,580
(609)
21
–
–
767

2022
HK$’000

1,343
–
(10,332)
(9)
–
228
(79)
639

11,696

(8,210)

Notes:

(i) 

The amount represented the reversal of write-off of deposit paid for the share subscription of a company in 

the  prior  year  as  the  entire  amount  had  been  refunded  to  the  Group  during  the  year  ended  31  December 

2023.

(ii) 

During the year ended 31 December 2022, the Group received government grants of HK$228,000 in respect 

of  COVID-19-related  subsidies  which  were  related  to  the  Employment  Support  Scheme  provided  by  the 

Hong Kong Government.

127

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9. 

NET LOSS ON FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

Net unrealised loss on financial assets at FVTPL (Note)

1,988

1,952

Note:

The amount represented the change in the fair values of the securities acquired during the year and/or the carrying 

amount  of  the  securities  brought  forward  from  the  prior  financial  year  after  accounting  for  additional  acquisition 

and/or  disposal  of  the  securities  (if  any)  during  the  year  as  compared  to  the  fair  values  of  the  financial  assets  at 

FVTPL held by the Group at 31 December 2023 and 2022 respectively.

128

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
10.  GAIN ON DISPOSAL OF SUBSIDIARIES

During the years ended 31 December 2023 and 2022, the Group disposed of its entire equity interests in 
seven (2022: four) subsidiaries to independent third parties.

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

Consideration received:
Consideration received in cash

Assets and liabilities of the disposed subsidiaries at the  

date of disposal:

Loan and interest receivables
Other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Other payables
Income tax payable

Net assets disposed of

Gain on disposal of subsidiaries:
Consideration received
Net assets disposed of
Reclassification of cumulative translation reserve upon disposal  

of foreign operations to profit or loss

Gain on disposal

Net cash inflow arising on disposal:
Cash consideration
Less: cash and cash equivalents disposed of

1

–
–
–
–
–

–

1
–

–

1

1
–

1

8,800

7,881
4
49
(6)
(599)

7,329

8,800
(7,329)

(1,312)

159

8,800
(49)

8,751

129

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.  FINANCE COSTS

Accretion expense on decommissioning obligation (Note 29)
Interest on lease liabilities

12. 

INCOME TAX (EXPENSE) CREDIT

Overprovision in prior years
Hong Kong Profits Tax
Canada withholding tax

Income tax (expense) credit recognised in profit or loss

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

908
191

1,099

1,127
119

1,246

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

–
(834)

(834)

830
(619)

211

Under the two-tiered profits tax rates regime of Hong Kong Profits Tax, the first HK$2 million of profits 
of  the  qualifying  group  entity  will  be  taxed  at  8.25%,  and  profits  above  HK$2  million  will  be  taxed 
at  16.5%.  The  profits  of  group  entities  not  qualifying  for  the  two-tiered  profits  tax  rates  regime  will 
continue  to  be  taxed  at  a  flat  rate  of  16.5%.  Accordingly,  the  Hong  Kong  Profits  Tax  of  the  qualifying 
group entity is calculated at 8.25% on the first HK$2 million of the estimated assessable profits and at 
16.5%  on  the  estimated  assessable  profits  above  HK$2  million.  There  is  no  assessable  profit  arising  in 
Hong Kong for both years.

The Corporate Tax rate of the Canadian subsidiary is 23% that composed of federal tax rate at 15% and 
provincial tax rate at 8%. There is no assessable profit arising in Canada for both years.

Withholding tax rate on the interest income from a Canadian subsidiary is 10%.

130

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12. 

INCOME TAX (EXPENSE) CREDIT (continued)

The  tax  (expense)  credit  for  the  year  can  be  reconciled  to  the  (profit)  loss  before  tax  per  the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income as follows:

(Profit) loss before tax

Tax at the applicable rates of 16.5% (2022: 16.5%)
Tax effect of income not taxable for tax purpose
Tax effect of expenses not deductible for tax purpose
Utilisation of deductible temporary difference previously not 

recognised

Overprovision in prior years
Tax effect of tax losses not recognised
Utilisation of tax losses previously not recognised
Withholding tax on interest income from a subsidiary
Effect of different tax rates of subsidiaries operating in other 

jurisdictions

Income tax (expense) credit for the year

13.  PROFIT (LOSS) FOR THE YEAR

Profit (loss) for the year has been arrived at after charging:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Total depreciation

Staff costs

– directors’ emoluments (Note 14)
– other staff costs
– other staff’s retirement benefits schemes contributions  

(excluding directors)

Total staff costs

Auditor’s remuneration

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

(22,334)

46,957

(3,685)
3,247
(316)

1,378
–
(2,765)
2,761
(834)

(620)

(834)

2023
HK$’000

24,567
1,562

26,129

1,389
10,042

296

11,727

2,157

7,748
2,404
(2,528)

517
830
(8,279)
–
(619)

138

211

2022
HK$’000

11,692
1,438

13,130

1,385
5,710

205

7,300

2,332

131

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14.  DIRECTORS’ AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S EMOLUMENTS

The  emoluments  paid  or  payable  to  each  of  the  six  (2022:  six)  directors,  disclosed  pursuant  to  the 
applicable Listing Rules and Hong Kong Companies Ordinance, are as follows:

Name

2023
Executive Directors
Mr. Sue Ka Lok
Mr. Yiu Chun Kong
Mr. Chan Shui Yuen

Independent Non-executive Directors

Mr. Pun Chi Ping
Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine
Mr. Kwong Tin Lap

Total

2022
Executive Directors
Mr. Sue Ka Lok
Mr. Yiu Chun Kong
Mr. Chan Shui Yuen

Independent Non-executive Directors

Mr. Pun Chi Ping
Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine
Mr. Kwong Tin Lap

Total

Salaries
and other

Retirement
benefit 
scheme
benefits contributions
HK$’000
HK$’000

Fees
HK$’000

Total
HK$’000

–
–
–

120
120
120

360

–
–
–

120
120
120

360

390
130
459

–
–
–

20
7
23

–
–
–

410
137
482

120
120
120

979

50

1,389

390
130
455

–
–
–

975

20
7
23

–
–
–

50

410
137
478

120
120
120

1,385

132

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14.  DIRECTORS’ AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S EMOLUMENTS (continued)

The  executive  directors’  emoluments  shown  above  were  for  their  services  in  connection  with  the 
management  of  the  affairs  of  the  Company  and  the  Group.  The  emoluments  of  the  independent  non-
executive directors shown above were for their services as directors of the Company.

During the year, no emoluments were paid by the Group to any directors as an inducement to join, or 
upon joining the Group or as compensation for loss of office. No directors waived any emoluments for 
both years.

15.  EMPLOYEES’ EMOLUMENTS

Of  the  five  individuals  with  the  highest  emoluments  in  the  Group,  none  (2022:  one)  of  them  was  a 
director whose emoluments is included in the disclosure in Note 14. The emoluments of the remaining 
five (2022: four) individuals are as follows:

Salaries and other benefits
Retirement benefits schemes contributions

Their emoluments were within the following bands:

Nil to HK$1,000,000
HK$1,000,001 to HK$1,500,000

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

5,156
84

5,240

2,745
79

2,824

Number of employees

2023

2022

3
2

3
1

133

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16.  DIVIDENDS

No dividend was paid, declared or proposed for the year ended 31 December 2023 (2022: nil), nor has 
any dividend been proposed since the end of the reporting period (2022: nil).

17.  EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

Earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the profit (loss) for the year attributable to owners of 
the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.

Earnings (loss):
Profit (loss) for the year attributable to owners of 
the Company for the purpose of calculating 
basic earnings (loss) per share

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

21,500

(46,746)

2023
’000

2022
’000

Number of shares:
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the 

purpose of calculating basic earnings (loss) per share

5,240,344

5,240,344

For  the  years  ended  31  December  2023  and  2022,  the  diluted  earnings  (loss)  per  share  attributable  to 
owners of the Company are not presented as there were no dilutive potential ordinary shares in issue.

134

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Oil and

gas photovoltaic
systems
HK$’000
(Note (ii))

Solar Construction
in
progress
HK$’000
(Note (iii)

properties
HK$’000
(Note (i))

Cost
At 1 January 2022
Additions
Acquired on acquisition of assets and  

liabilities (Note 32)

Reclassification
Change in estimate in decommissioning 

obligation (Note 29)

Written-off
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December 2022
Additions
Reclassification
Change in estimate in decommissioning 

obligation (Note 29)
Eliminated on disposal
Written-off
Exchange adjustment

–
2,538

169,338
2,992

(245)
–
(7,637)

166,986
–
38,175

(5,036)
–
–
4,947

30,220
10,580

–
3,738

–
–
–

3,551
21,992

–
(6,730)

–
–
(812)

44,538
13,727
–

18,001
22,867
(38,175)

–
–
–
–

–
(691)
–
175

Others
HK$’000
(Note (iv))

Total
HK$’000

3,073
–

–
–

–
(1,222)
–

1,851
179
–

–
–
(1,144)
–

36,844
35,110

169,338
–

(245)
(1,222)
(8,449)

231,376
36,773
–

(5,036)
(691)
(1,144)
5,122

At 31 December 2023

205,072

58,265

2,177

886

266,400

Depreciation and impairment
At 1 January 2022
Provided for the year
Written-off
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December 2022
Provided for the year
Written-off
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December 2023

Carrying values
At 31 December 2023

–
7,973
–
(345)

7,628
19,748
–
561

27,937

243
3,528
–
–

3,771
4,762
–
–

8,533

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–

177,135

49,732

2,177

At 31 December 2022

159,358

40,767

18,001

2,218
191
(1,213)
–

1,196
57
(535)
–

2,461
11,692
(1,213)
(345)

12,595
24,567
(535)
561

718

37,188

168

655

229,212

218,781

135

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)

Notes:

(i) 

The oil and gas properties were depreciated on a unit-of-production basis.

(ii) 

The solar photovoltaic systems were depreciated on a straight-line basis until the end of the validity period 

of the FiT scheme, i.e., 31 December 2033.

(iii) 

At  31  December  2023,  the  amount  represented  the  construction  in  progress  of  new  oil  wells  and  other 

production enhancement work on oil wells in Canada, which are expected to be completed within a year.

(iv) 

The remaining items of property, plant and equipment were depreciated on a straight-line basis at 20% to 

33 1/3% per annum after taking into account their estimated residual values.

136

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 202319.  RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS

Carrying amount
At 31 December 2023

At 31 December 2022

For the year ended 31 December 2023
Depreciation charge

Additions to right-of-use assets

Total cash outflow for leases
Less: expenses relating to short-term leases

Net cash outflow for leases in financing activities

For the year ended 31 December 2022
Depreciation charge

Written-off

Additions to right-of-use assets

Total cash outflow for leases
Less: expenses relating to short-term leases

Net cash outflow for leases in financing activities

Offices
and
Buildings
HK$’000

3,770

2,590

1,562

2,742

1,753
(14)

1,739

1,438

172

–

1,645
(29)

1,616

137

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19.  RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS (continued)

The Group leases offices and buildings for its operations for a fixed term of six months to twelve years. 
Lease  terms  are  negotiated  on  an  individual  basis  and  contain  a  wide  range  of  different  terms  and 
conditions.  In  determining  the  lease  term  and  assessing  the  length  of  the  non-cancellable  period, 
the  Group  applies  the  definition  of  a  contract  and  determines  the  period  for  which  the  contract  is 
enforceable. At 31 December 2023, there was no short-term lease.

Restrictions or covenants on leases

The  lease  agreements  do  not  impose  any  covenants  other  than  the  security  interests  in  the  leased 
assets that are held by the lessors. Leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.

138

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 202320.  DEPOSITS AND PREPAYMENTS, TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Deposit paid for decommissioning obligation (Note (i))
Prepayment for acquisition of non-current assets (Note (ii))

Trade receivables (Note (iii))
Deposits and prepayments
Others

Notes:

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

8,897
–

7,001
3,987
748

8,256
6,978

5,232
4,826
340

11,736

10,398

(i) 

The  amount  represented  a  refundable  deposit  paid  to  Alberta  Energy  Regulator  in  relation  to 

decommissioning obligation of the Group’s petroleum exploration and production business in Canada.

(ii) 

At  31  December  2022,  the  amount  represented  prepayment  for  the  acquisition  of  solar  photovoltaic 

systems  in  relation  to  the  Group’s  solar  energy  business.  During  the  year  ended  31  December  2023,  the 

acquisition had been completed and the entire amount had been utilised and transferred to property, plant 

and equipment.

(iii) 

The  Group  allows  an  average  credit  period  of  30  to  60  days  (2022:  30  to  60  days).  The  trade  receivables  of 

HK$7,001,000 (2022: HK$5,232,000) were aged within 30 days from the customers’ statement date and were 

neither past due nor impaired.

Before accepting any new customer, the Group assesses the potential customer’s credit quality and defines 

credit  limit  by  customer.  Credit  limit  and  credit  quality  attributed  to  the  customers  are  reviewed  by  the 

management regularly.

Details of impairment assessment of trade receivables are set out in Note 37.

139

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21.  DEBT INSTRUMENTS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Listed investments, at fair value:

– Debt securities listed in Singapore (2022: Hong Kong or  
  Singapore) with fixed interests ranging from 5.25% to  
  11.75% (2022: 5.25% to 11.75%) per annum and contractual  
  maturity dates ranging from 23 March 2022 to  
  28 June 2025 (2022: 23 March 2022 to 28 June 2025)

Analysed as:
Current portion
Non-current portion

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

3,662

33,739

3,662
–

28,041
5,698

3,662

33,739

At 31 December 2023 and 2022, the fair values of debt instruments at FVTOCI were determined based 
on quoted market prices and credit risk adjustments on certain debt instruments.

For  the  current  year,  provision  of  ECL  of  HK$8,832,000  (2022:  HK$11,081,000)  on  debt  instruments 
at  FVTOCI  was  recognised  in  profit  or  loss  with  a  corresponding  adjustment  to  other  comprehensive 
income.

Details  of  impairment  assessment  of  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI  are  set  out  in  Note  37.  All  debt 
instruments at FVTOCI were denominated in US$.

140

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22.  LOAN AND INTEREST RECEIVABLES

Fixed-rate loan receivables (Note)
Interest receivables

Less: Impairment allowance

Analysed as:
Current portion
Non-current portion

Analysed as:
Secured
Unsecured

2023
HK$’000

28,500
8

28,508
(11,910)

2022
HK$’000

84,000
652

84,652
(23,800)

16,598

60,852

12,591
4,007

60,852
–

16,598

60,852

16,598
–

51,494
9,358

16,598

60,852

Note:  At  31  December  2022,  included  in  loan  receivables  was  an  unsecured  loan  of  principal  amount  of 

HK$12,500,000 carrying interest at 8.5% per annum lent to a related party of the Company (Note 35). During 

the current year, the loan principal and the related interest receivables had been fully repaid.

141

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22.  LOAN AND INTEREST RECEIVABLES (continued)

The  interest  rate  and  maturity  date  attributed  to  the  Group’s  performing  loan  receivable  at  31 
December 2023 was 12% (2022: range of 10.5% to 18.0%) per annum and 26 April 2025 (2022: from 27 
April 2023 to 19 December 2023) respectively.

An analysis of the Group’s loan and interest receivables by their contractual maturity dates is as follows:

Loan and interest receivables:
Within one year or on demand
In more than one year but not more than two years

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

12,591
4,007

60,852
–

16,598

60,852

Before  granting  loans  to  borrowers,  the  Group  uses  internal  credit  assessment  process  to  assess  the 
potential  borrowers’  credit  quality  individually  and  defines  the  credit  limits  granted  to  the  borrowers. 
The credit limits attributed to the borrowers are reviewed by the management regularly.

Impairment assessment

In  assessing  whether  the  credit  risk  has  increased  significantly  since  initial  recognition,  the  Group 
compares  the  risk  of  default  occurring  on  the  financial  instrument  at  the  reporting  date  with  the  risk 
perceived at the date of initial recognition. In making this assessment, the loan and interest receivables 
from  borrowers  are  assessed  individually  by  the  management  of  the  Group,  based  on  the  financial 
background,  financial  condition  and  historical  settlement  records,  including  past  due  dates  and 
probability  of  default,  of  each  borrower  and  reasonable  and  supportable  forward-looking  information 
that  is  available  without  undue  cost  or  effort.  Each  borrower  is  assigned  a  risk  grading  under  internal 
credit  ratings  to  calculate  the  ECL,  taking  into  consideration  the  estimates  of  expected  cash  shortfalls 
which  are  driven  by  the  estimates  of probability  of  default  and  expected  loss  given  default,  including 
taking  into  account  the  amount  and  timing  of  cash  flows  that  are  expected  from  foreclosure  on 
the  collateral  (if  any)  less  the  costs  of  selling  the  collateral.  At  every  reporting  date,  the  financial 
background, financial condition and historical settlement records of each borrower are reassessed and 
changes in the forward-looking information are considered.

142

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22.  LOAN AND INTEREST RECEIVABLES (continued)

Impairment assessment (continued)

At  31  December  2023,  included  in  the  Group’s  loan  and  interest  receivables  were  debtors  with 
aggregate  gross  carrying  amount  of  HK$28,508,000  (2022:  HK$84,652,000),  of  which  (i)  HK$23,500,000 
(2022:  HK$23,500,000)  was  secured  by  the  borrower’s  pledged  properties,  the  market  value  of  such 
properties  less  the  estimated  costs  to  sell  amounted  to  HK$12,591,000  (2022:  HK$14,169,000),  and 
the market value of the pledged properties was determined using direct comparison method and was 
categorised into Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the related cumulative ECL of HK$10,908,000 (2022: 
HK$9,473,000) was provided after considering the adjustment to reflect loss given default based on the 
expected  realisation  value  of  the  collateral;  and  (ii)  HK$5,008,000  (2022:  HK$15,025,000)  was  secured 
by  the  borrower’s  own  unlisted  debt  instrument,  the  related  cumulative  ECL  of  HK$1,002,000  (2022: 
HK$1,365,000) was provided after considering the adjustment to reflect loss given default based on the 
expected realisation value of the collateral. At 31 December 2023, loans were granted to a Hong Kong 
resident and a company incorporated in Hong Kong.

The Group considers various actions for recovery of the credit-impaired loan including regular collateral 
review and communication with the borrower in order to keep updated with the latest credit risk profile 
of  the  borrower.  In  the  event  of  occurrence  of  default,  the  Group  would  take  possession  of  the  assets 
held as collateral through court proceedings or accept voluntary delivery of possession of the assets by 
the borrower. The credit quality review process enables the Group to assess the potential loss in view of 
the credit risk it is exposed to and to take appropriate corrective actions promptly.

At  31  December  2023,  of  the  Group’s  loan  and  interest  receivables  with  aggregate  gross  carrying 
amount of HK$28,508,000 (2022: HK$84,652,000), (i) HK$5,008,000 (2022: HK$15,062,000) were not past 
due; (ii) nil (2022: HK$12,500,000) had been past due for more than 30 days but less than 90 days; and 
(iii)  HK$23,500,000  (2022:  HK$57,090,000)  had  been  past  due  for  90  days  or  more.  The  directors  of  the 
Company considered those secured loan and interest receivables that were past due for more than 90 
days and unsecured loan and interest receivables that were past due for more than 30 days as credit– 
impaired, details of the cumulative ECL provided are set out above.

For the current year, reversal of ECL of HK$11,300,000 (2022: provision of ECL of HK$20,019,000) on loan 
and interest receivables was recognised in profit or loss.

143

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 202322.  LOAN AND INTEREST RECEIVABLES (continued)

Impairment assessment (continued)

The Group is not permitted to sell or repledge the collateral in the absence of default by the borrowers. 
There had not been any significant changes in the quality of the collateral held for the loan and interest 
receivables outstanding as at 31 December 2023.

The movement of impairment allowance on loan and interest receivables for the year is as follows:

At 1 January 2022
Changes due to loan and interest receivables 

recognised at 1 January 2022:
– Impairment allowance recognised (Note (i))
– Disposal of subsidiaries (Note (ii))
– Write-off of impairment allowance (Note (iii))

New loan granted during the year

At 31 December 2022
Changes due to loan and interest receivables 

recognised at 1 January 2023:
– Transferred to lifetime ECL 

(not credit-impaired) (Note (iv))

– Impairment allowance recognised (Note (v))
– Impairment allowance reversed (Note (vi))
– Write-off of impairment allowance (Note (vii))

New loan granted during the year

Lifetime ECL Lifetime ECL
(credit–
(not credit-
impaired)
impaired)
HK$’000
HK$’000

12m ECL
HK$’000

Total
HK$’000

416

949
–
–
–

1,365

–

–
–
–
–

–

34,499

34,915

15,890
(10,928)
(20,206)
3,180

16,839
(10,928)
(20,206)
3,180

22,435

23,800

(1,365)
–
–
–
–

1,365
–
(1,761)
–
1,398

–
1,435
(12,372)
(590)
–

–
1,435
(14,133)
(590)
1,398

At 31 December 2023

–

1,002

10,908

11,910

144

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22.  LOAN AND INTEREST RECEIVABLES (continued)

Impairment assessment (continued)

Notes:

(i) 

The  impairment  loss  of  HK$15,890,000  and  HK$949,000  were  mainly  related  to  loan  and  interest 

receivables with gross carrying amount of HK$76,768,000 assessed under lifetime ECL (credit-impaired) and 

HK$15,025,000 assessed under 12m ECL.

(ii) 

The impairment allowance  reversed  of HK$10,928,000 was  related to the disposal  of subsidiaries  with loan 

and interest receivables of gross carrying amount of HK$18,809,000 as of the disposal date.

(iii) 

The  impairment  allowance  written  off  of  HK$20,206,000  was  related  to  loan  and  interest  receivables  with 

gross carrying amount of HK$20,206,000 assessed under life-time ECL (credit-impaired).

(iv) 

The impairment allowance of HK$1,365,000 was related to loan and interest receivables with gross carrying 

amount of HK$5,008,000 transferred from 12m ECL to lifetime ECL (not credit-impaired).

(v) 

The impairment loss of HK$1,435,000 was mainly related to loan and interest receivables with gross carrying 

amount of HK$23,500,000 assessed under life-time ECL (credit-impaired).

(vi) 

The  impairment  allowance  reversed  of  HK$1,761,000  was  related  to  settlement  of  loan  and  interest 

receivables  with  gross  carrying  amount  of  HK$8,069,000  and  partial  settlement  of  loan  and  interest 

receivables  with  gross  carrying  amount  of  HK$5,008,000  under  lifetime  ECL  (not  credit-impaired).  The 

impairment allowance reversed of HK$12,372,000 was related to settlement of loan and interest receivables 

with gross carrying amount of HK$46,127,000.

(vii) 

The impairment allowance written off of HK$590,000 was related to loan and interest receivables with gross 

carrying amount of HK$33,590,000 assessed under life-time ECL (credit-impaired).

Further details of ECL assessment are set out in Note 37.

23.  OTHER TAX RECOVERABLE

At  31  December  2022,  other  tax  recoverable  of  HK$204,000  represented  goods  and  services  tax 
receivables in Canada.

145

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 202324.  FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

Listed investments, at fair value:

– Equity securities listed in Hong Kong

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

2,784

4,772

Listed equity securities were stated at fair values which were determined based on the quoted market 
closing prices available on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.

25.  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Bank  balances  include  short-term  deposits  matured  within  3  months  carried  interest  ranging  from 
0.01% to 5.50% (2022: 0.01% to 5.00%) per annum.

The  directors  of  the  Company  considered  that  the  amount  of  ECL  on  cash  and  cash  equivalents  was 
immaterial.

In  addition,  included  in  the  cash  and  cash  equivalents  were  the  following  amounts  denominated  in 
currencies other than the functional currency of the relevant group entities:

2023
HK$’000

28,891
10
14

2022
HK$’000

1,862
11
31

US$
RMB
C$

146

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26.  OTHER PAYABLES

Accrued professional fees
Payables for additions of property, plant and equipment (Note (i))
Other payables and accruals (Note (ii))

2023
HK$’000

273
–
6,212

2022
HK$’000

279
12,720
7,806

6,485

20,805

Notes:

(i) 

At 31 December 2022, the amount of HK$12,720,000 was related to the additions of oil and gas properties in 

Canada with credit period of 60 days.

(ii) 

At  31  December  2023,  the  amount  included  other  payables  of  HK$2,982,000  (2022:  HK$3,958,000) 

for  operating  expenses,  workover  costs  and  abandonment  costs  in  relation  to  the  Group’s  petroleum 

exploration and production business in Canada.

27.  LEASE LIABILITIES

Lease liabilities payable:
Within one year
More than one year but not exceeding two years
More than two years but not exceeding five years
More than five years

Less: Amount due within one year shown under current liabilities

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

1,621
354
666
1,278

3,919
(1,621)

374
200
643
1,508

2,725
(374)

Amount due after one year

2,298

2,351

The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied to lease liabilities was 4.37% (2022: 3.41%).

147

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28.  DEFERRED TAX ASSETS/LIABILITIES

The following is the major deferred tax liabilities (assets) recognised during the year:

Accelerated
tax
Tax losses depreciation
HK$’000

HK$’000

Total
HK$’000

At 1 January 2022, 31 December 2022 and  

1 January 2023

(Credited) charged to profit or loss

–
(8,206)

–
8,206

At 31 December 2023

(8,206)

8,206

–
–

–

At  31  December  2023,  the  Group  had  unused  tax  losses  of  HK$126,907,000  (2022:  HK$102,077,000) 
available for offsetting against future taxable profits. Deferred tax asset had been recognised in respect 
of tax losses of HK$49,732,000 (2022: nil) of a group entity while it was fully offset by the deferred tax 
liabilities resulted from accelerated tax depreciation of the same entity. No deferred tax asset had been 
recognised in respect of the remaining tax losses of HK$77,175,000 (2022: HK$102,077,000) due to the 
unpredictability of future profit streams. 

Included  in  the  unused  tax  losses  of  HK$126,907,000  (2022:  HK$102,077,000),  tax  losses  of 
HK$19,612,000  (2022:  HK$16,159,000)  were  incurred  by  the  Company’s  Canadian  subsidiary  which 
could  be  carried  forward  for  twenty  years  upon  the  incurrence  of  tax  losses  and  would  be  expired 
by  31  December  2042  (2022:  by  31  December  2042).  All  other  tax  losses  of  HK$107,295,000  (2022: 
HK$85,918,000) may be carried forward indefinitely.

At 31 December 2023, the Group had deductible temporary differences of approximately HK$1,002,000 
(2022:  HK$1,365,000)  arising  from  impairment  allowance  of  loan  and  interest  receivables;  and 
HK$76,264,000  (2022:  HK$67,432,000)  arising  from  impairment  allowance  of  debt  instruments  at 
FVTOCI,  no  deferred  tax  assets  had  been  recognised  due  to  the  unpredictability  of  future  profits 
streams.

148

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29.  DECOMMISSIONING OBLIGATION

The movement of decommissioning obligation is as follows:

At the beginning of the year
Addition through acquisition of assets and liabilities (Note 32)
Settlement of costs
Change in estimate (Note 18)
Accretion expenses (Note 11)
Exchange realignment

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

33,228
–
(767)
(5,036)
908
774

–
33,877
–
(245)
1,127
(1,531)

At the end of the year

29,107

33,228

30.  SHARE CAPITAL

Number of
ordinary
shares
’000

Share
capital
HK$’000

Authorised:

Ordinary shares of HK$0.01 each
At 1 January 2022, 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023

100,000,000

1,000,000

Issued and fully paid:

Ordinary shares of HK$0.01 each
At 1 January 2022, 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023

5,240,344

52,403

149

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31.  SHARE OPTION SCHEME

The  existing  share  option  scheme  of  the  Company  (the  “Share  Option  Scheme”)  was  adopted  by 
the  Company  at  the  annual  general  meeting  of  the  Company  held  on  22  June  2016.  Unless  otherwise 
cancelled  or  amended,  the  Share  Option  Scheme  will  be  valid  and  effective  for  a  period  of  ten  years 
commencing on the date of adoption. The purpose of the Share Option Scheme is to enable the Group 
to grant options to the participants as incentives or rewards for their contribution to the Group or any 
entity in which the Group holds any equity interest (the “Invested Entity”). Eligible participants of the 
Share  Option  Scheme  include  any  employees  of  any  member  of  the  Group  or  any  Invested  Entity;  any 
directors (including executive, non-executive and independent non-executive directors) of any member 
of  the  Group  or  any  Invested  Entity;  any  supplier  of  goods  or  services  to  any  member  of  the  Group  or 
any  Invested  Entity;  any  customer  of  any  member  of  the  Group  or  any  Invested  Entity;  any  person  or 
entity that provides research, development or other technological support to any member of the Group 
or  any  Invested  Entity;  any  consultant  or  adviser  of  any  member  of  the  Group  or  any  Invested  Entity; 
and any shareholder of any member of the Group or any Invested Entity or any holder of any securities 
issued by any member of the Group or any Invested Entity.

The  offer  of  a  grant  of  share  options  shall  remain  open  for  acceptance  by  the  participant  concerned 
for  a  period  of  fifteen  (15)  business  days  from  the  date  of  grant  provided  that  no  such  offer  shall  be 
open  for  acceptance  after  the  expiry  of  the  option  period  or  after  the  Share  Option  Scheme  has  been 
terminated. The amount payable by each grantee of options to the Company on acceptance of the offer 
for the grant of options is HK$1.00.

The subscription price for the shares on the exercise of options under the Share Option Scheme shall be 
a price determined by the Board in its absolute discretion at the time of the grant of the relevant option 
(and  shall  be  stated  in  the  letter  containing  the  offer  of  the  grant  of  the  option)  but  in  any  case  the 
subscription price shall not be less than the higher of: (i) the closing price of the shares as stated in the 
Hong Kong Stock Exchange’s daily quotations sheet on the date of grant which must be a business day; 
(ii) the average closing price of the shares as stated in the Hong Kong Stock Exchange’s daily quotations 
sheets for the five business days immediately preceding the date of grant; and (iii) the nominal value of 
the share. The exercise period of the share options granted is determined by the Board but in any event, 
no longer than ten years from the date of grant.

150

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 202331.  SHARE OPTION SCHEME (continued)

The  total  number  of  shares  issued  and  to  be  issued  upon  exercise  of  the  options  granted  to  each 
participant,  together  with  all  options  granted  and  to  be  granted  to  the  participant  under  any  other 
share  option  scheme(s)  of  the  Company  within  the  12-month  period  immediately  preceding  the 
proposed date of grant (including exercised, cancelled and outstanding options) shall not exceed 1% of 
the total number of the shares in issue at the proposed date of grant. Any further grant of options to a 
participant in excess of the 1% limit shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s shareholders with 
such participant and the participant’s associates abstaining from voting.

The limit on the total number of shares which may be issued upon exercise of all outstanding options 
granted and yet to be exercised under the Share Option Scheme and any other share option scheme(s) 
of the Company must not exceed 30% of the total number of the shares in issue from time to time. In 
addition, the total number of the shares which may be issued upon exercise of all options to be granted 
under the Share Option Scheme, together with all options to be granted under any other share option 
scheme(s) of the Company (excluding lapsed options), must not represent more than 10% of the total 
number  of  the  shares  in  issue  as  at  the  date  of  approval  of  the  Share  Option  Scheme  (the  “Scheme 
Mandate Limit”) or as at the date of the approval of the refreshed Scheme Mandate Limit as the case 
maybe.

On  4  May  2017,  the  Company  granted  share  options  to  eligible  persons  to  subscribe  for  a  total  of 
436,710,000 ordinary shares of the Company under the Share Option Scheme. The exercise price of the 
options  granted  is  HK$0.53  per  share  and  the  exercisable  period  was  from  4  May  2017  to  3  May  2020 
(both dates inclusive).

On 4 May 2020, all the outstanding share options were lapsed.

At the annual general meeting of the Company held on 29 June 2021, the shareholders of the Company 
approved the refreshment of the Scheme Mandate Limit (the “Scheme Mandate Limit Refreshment”). 
The  total  number  of  shares  of  the  Company  available  for  issue  under  the  Share  Option  Scheme  is 
524,034,404 shares as refreshed, representing approximately 10% of the issued shares of the Company 
as at the date of approval of the Scheme Mandate Limit Refreshment and as at the date of this annual 
report.

At 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022, there were no outstanding share options.

151

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 202332.  ACQUISITION OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

On  9  February  2022,  the  Group  entered  into  an  asset  purchase  and  sale  agreement  with  RockEast 
Energy  Corp.  for  the  acquisition  of  an  operating  oil  field  which  comprised  petroleum  and  natural  gas 
rights, facilities and pipelines, together with all other properties and assets located in Alberta Province 
in  Canada  (the  “Canadian  Oil  Assets”).  On  16  July  2022,  the  acquisition  of  the  Canadian  Oil  Assets 
was  completed.  The  directors  of  the  Company  had  elected  to  apply  the  optional  concentration  test  in 
accordance with HKFRS 3 and concluded that the transaction was an acquisition of assets and liabilities 
as the Canadian Oil Assets were concentrated in a group of similar identifiable assets of similar nature. 
In addition, the directors of the Company were also of the opinion that the Canadian Oil Assets were the 
smallest identifiable group of assets that generated cash flows.

Details of the acquisition are summarised as follows:

Net assets acquired:
Property, plant and equipment (Note 18)
Decommissioning obligation (Note 29)

HK$’000

169,338
(33,877)

135,461

Analysis of net outflow of cash and cash equivalents in respect of the acquisition:
Cash consideration paid

135,461

152

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
33.  RECONCILIATION OF LIABILITIES ARISING FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

The table below details changes in the Group’s liabilities arising from financing activities, including both 
cash  and  non-cash  changes.  Liabilities  arising  from  financing  activities  are  those  for  which  cash  flows 
were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the Group’s consolidated statement of cash flows as cash 
flows from financing activities.

At 1 January 2022
Financing cash flows
Interest expense
Written-off

At 31 December 2022
New leases entered
Financing cash flows
Interest expense

At 31 December 2023

Lease
 liabilities
HK$’000

4,394
(1,616)
119
(172)

2,725
2,742
(1,739)
191

3,919

34.  RETIREMENT BENEFIT SCHEMES

The Group contributes to MPF Scheme for all qualifying employees in Hong Kong under the Mandatory 
Provident Fund Schemes Ordinance (Chapter 485 of the Laws of Hong Kong). Contributions to the MPF 
Scheme  by  the  Group  and  the  employees  are  calculated  as  a  percentage  of  the  employee’s  relevant 
income.  The  retirement  benefit  scheme  costs  recognised  in  profit  or  loss  represent  contributions 
payable by the Group to the scheme. The assets of the MPF Scheme are held separately from those of 
the Group in independently administered funds.

The  Group  also  participates  in  the  employees’  pension  scheme  of  the  respective  municipal 
governments  in  the  countries  where  the  Group  operates.  The  Group  makes  monthly  contributions 
calculated  as  a  percentage  of  the  monthly  basic  salary  of  the  employees  and  the  relevant  municipal 
government undertakes to assume the retirement benefit obligations of all existing and future retirees 
of the Group.

153

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
34.  RETIREMENT BENEFIT SCHEMES (continued)

The  Group  has  no  other  obligations  for  the  payment  of  pension  and  other  post-retirement  benefits  of 
employees other than the above contributions payments.

The  total  expense  recognised  in  profit  or  loss  of  HK$346,000  (2022:  HK$255,000)  represented 
contributions  paid/payable  to  these  schemes  by  the  Group  at  rates  specified  in  the  rules  of  the 
schemes.

LSP obligation

For the Group’s subsidiaries operating in Hong Kong, pursuant to the Employment Ordinance (Chapter 
57  of  the  Laws  of  Hong  Kong),  the  Group  has  the  obligation  to  pay  LSP  to  qualifying  employees  in 
Hong Kong under certain circumstances (e.g. dismissal by employers or upon retirement), subject to a 
minimum of 5 years employment period, based on the following formula:

Last monthly wages (before termination of employment) × 2/3 × years of service

Last  monthly  wages  are  capped  at  HK$22,500  while  the  amount  of  long  service  payment  shall  not 
exceed HK$390,000. This obligation is accounted for as a post-employment defined benefit plan.

Furthermore, the Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes Ordinance passed in 1995 permits the Group to 
utilise the Group’s mandatory MPF contributions, plus/minus any positive/negative returns thereof, for 
the purpose of offsetting LSP payable to an employee (the “Offsetting Arrangement’).

The  Amendment  Ordinance  was  gazetted  on  17  June  2022,  which  abolishes  the  use  of  the  accrued 
benefits  derived  from  employers’  mandatory  MPF  contributions  to  offset  the  LSP.  The  Abolition  will 
officially take effect on the Transition Date (i.e., 1 May 2025). Separately, the Government of the HKSAR 
is  also  expected  to  introduce  a  subsidy  scheme  to  assist  employers  for  a  period  of  25  years  after  the 
Transition Date on the LSP payable by employers up to a certain amount per employee per year.

Under the Amendment Ordinance, the Group’s mandatory MPF contributions, plus/minus any positive/
negative returns, after the Transition Date can continue to be applied to offset the pre-Transition Date 
LSP  obligation  but  are  not  eligible  to  offset  the  post-Transition  Date  LSP  obligation.  Furthermore, 
the  LSP  obligation  before  the  Transition  Date  will  be  grandfathered  and  calculated  based  on  the  last 
monthly wages immediately preceding the Transition Date and the years of service up to that date. The 
Amendment Ordinance has no significant impact on the Group’s LSP liability with respect to employees 
that participate in MPF Scheme.

154

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 202335.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Group had the following transactions and balance with the related parties:

Relationship

Notes Nature of transaction/balance

A related company

(i)

Loan interest income
Loan and interest receivables

A related company

(ii)

Rental income

An individual shareholder

(iii)

Consultancy fee

Notes:

2023
HK$’000

389
–

347

130

2022
HK$’000

483
12,538

–

130

(i) 

The  related  company  is  a  public  limited  liability  company  whose  shares  are  listed  on  the  Main  Board  of 

the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. The related company and the Company were both indirectly owned by an 

individual shareholder who held more than 10%, but less than 30%, of the issued shares of both companies. 

The board of directors of the related company and the Company had four common directors.

(ii) 

The  related  company  is  an  indirect  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  a  public  limited  liability  company  whose 

shares are primarily listed on the Main Board of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and secondarily listed on the 

Main Board of Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited. The related company and the Company were 

both  indirectly  owned  by  an  individual  shareholder  who  held  more  than  10%  ,  but  less  than  30%,  of  the 

issued shares of both companies. The board of directors of the related company and the Company had one 

common director.

(iii) 

The individual shareholder of the Company held more than 10%, but less than 30%, of the Company’s issued 

shares.

Compensation of key management personnel

The remuneration of directors and other members of key management is as follows:

Short-term employee benefits
Retirement benefit schemes contributions

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

2,446
67

2,513

2,441
67

2,508

The  remuneration  of  directors  and  key  management  is  determined  by  the  Remuneration  Committee 
having regard to the competence, performance and experience of the individuals and prevailing market 
terms.

155

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
36.  CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The  Group’s  objectives  when  managing  capital  are  to  safeguard  the  Group’s  ability  to  continue  as  a 
going  concern  in  order  to  provide  returns  for  shareholders  and  benefits  for  other  stakeholders  and  to 
maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In  order  to  maintain  the  capital  structure,  the  Group  will  balance  its  overall  capital  structure  through 
ways including payment of dividends, new share issues as well as new debts raising.

The  Group  does  not  have  a  target  gearing  ratio,  but  has  a  policy  of  maintaining  a  flexible  financing 
structure so as to be able to take advantage of new investment opportunities that may arise.

37.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Financial risk management objectives

Financial  instruments  are  fundamental  to  the  Group’s  daily  operations.  The  Group’s  major  financial 
instruments  include  deposit  paid  for  decommissioning  obligation,  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI,  trade 
and other receivables, loan and interest receivables, financial assets at FVTPL, cash and cash equivalents 
and  other  payables  and  lease  liabilities.  Details  of  these  financial  instruments  are  disclosed  in  the 
respective notes. The risks associated with the financial instruments and the policies on how to mitigate 
these risks are set out below. The management of the Group manages and monitors these exposures to 
ensure appropriate measures are implemented on a timely and effective manner.

156

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 202337.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Categories of financial instruments

Financial assets
Financial assets at FVTPL
Financial assets at amortised cost
Debt instruments at FVTOCI

Financial liabilities
Amortised cost
Lease liabilities

Interest rate risk

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

2,784
203,139
3,662

4,772
162,594
33,739

4,653
3,919

17,624
2,725

The  Group  is  exposed  to  fair  value  interest  rate  risk  in  relation  to  loan  and  interest  receivables,  debt 
instruments  at  FVTOCI  and  lease  liabilities.  The  Group  is  also  exposed  to  cash  flow  interest  rate  risk 
relates primarily to the Group’s short-term deposits placed with banks and variable-rate bank balances 
that  are  interest-bearing  at  market  interest  rates.  The  Group  currently  does  not  have  an  interest  rate 
hedging  policy.  However,  the  management  monitors  interest  rate  exposure  and  will  consider  hedging 
significant interest rate exposure should the need arise.

Total interest revenue/income from financial assets that are measured at amortised cost or at FVTOCI is 
as follows:

Interest revenue

Financial assets at amortised cost
Debt instruments at FVTOCI
Other income and losses, net

Financial assets at amortised cost

Revenue/interest income under effective interest method

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

2,490
792

5,856

9,138

3,877
3,605

1,343

8,825

157

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
37.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Interest rate risk (continued)

The Group’s sensitivity to interest rate risk has been determined based on the exposure to interest rates 
for bank balances at the end of the reporting period and the reasonably possible change taking place 
at the beginning of each year and held constant throughout the year. If interest rates on bank balances 
had been 50 basis points higher/lower and all other variables were held constant, profit after tax for the 
year  ended  31  December  2023  would  increase/decrease  by  HK$841,000  (2022:  loss  after  tax  decrease/
increase by HK$429,000).

Foreign currency risk management

Several  subsidiaries  of  the  Company  have  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign  currencies 
which  expose  the  Group  to  foreign  currency  risk.  During  the  year  under  review,  the  Group  had  not 
experienced  any  significant  exchange  rate  exposure  to  US$  as  HK$  and  US$  exchange  rate  is  pegged. 
The Group currently does not have a formal foreign currency hedging policy for C$ and RMB, however, 
the  management  regularly  monitors  foreign  exchange  exposure  of  C$  and  RMB  and  will  undertake 
appropriate hedging measures should significant exposure arise.

The  carrying  amounts  of  the  group  entities’  foreign  currency  denominated  monetary  assets  and 
monetary liabilities, at the reporting date, are as follows:

C$
US$
RMB

Assets

Liabilities

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

14
32,553
10

31
35,601
11

–
–
–

–
–
–

158

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
37.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Foreign currency risk management (continued)

Foreign currency sensitivity

The  following  table  details  the  Group’s  sensitivity  to  10%  increase  and  decrease  in  HK$  against  the 
relevant foreign currencies. Under the pegged exchange rate system, the financial impact on exchange 
difference between HK$ and US$ is immaterial as US$ denominated monetary assets are held by group 
entities having HK$ as their functional currency, and therefore no sensitivity analysis has been prepared 
against US$.

Sensitivity  rate  of  10%  is  used  when  reporting  foreign  currency  risk  internally  to  key  management 
personnel  and  represents  management’s  assessment  of  the  reasonably  possible  change  in  foreign 
exchange  rates.  The  sensitivity  analysis  includes  only  outstanding  foreign  currency  denominated 
monetary items and adjusts their translation at the year end for a 10% change in foreign currency rates. 
The  analysis  represents  the  sensitivity  of  trade  and  other  receivables,  bank  balances,  other  payables 
and  lease  liabilities  that  are  denominated  in  RMB  and  C$,  the  Group’s  major  foreign  currency  items.  A 
positive number below indicates a decrease in profit after tax (2022: increase in loss after tax) whereas a 
negative number below indicates an increase in profit after tax (2022: decrease in loss after tax) where 
Hong Kong dollars strengthen 10% against the relevant currencies. For a 10% (2022: 10%) weakening of 
Hong Kong dollars against the relevant currencies, there would be an equal and opposite impact on the 
profit (loss) after tax.

C$ impact
Decrease in profit after tax (2022: Increase in loss after tax)

RMB impact
Decrease in profit after tax (2022: Increase in loss after tax)

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

1

1

2

1

In  management’s  opinion,  the  sensitivity  analysis  reflects  the  exposure  at  the  year  end,  but  not  the 
exposure during the year.

159

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
37.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Other price risk

The Group is exposed to price risk from investments in listed equity securities and listed debt securities. 
The  management  manages  this  exposure  by  maintaining  a  portfolio  of  investments  with  different  risk 
profiles.

Sensitivity analysis

Financial assets at FVTPL

The  sensitivity  analysis  below  has  been  determined  based  on  the  exposure  to  equity  price  risk  at  the 
reporting date.

If equity prices had been 20% higher/lower, profit after tax for the year ended 31 December 2023 would 
increase/decrease  by  HK$465,000  (2022:  loss  after  tax  would  decrease/increase  by  HK$797,000)  as  a 
result of the change in fair value of financial assets at FVTPL.

Credit risk and impairment assessment

Credit  risk  refers  to  the  risk  that  the  Group’s  counterparties  default  on  their  contractual  obligations 
resulting  in  financial  losses  to  the  Group.  The  Group’s  credit  risk  exposures  are  primarily  attributable 
to  trade  and  other  receivables,  loan  and  interest  receivables,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  debt 
instruments  at  FVTOCI.  The  Group  does  not  hold  any  collateral  or  other  credit  enhancements  to  cover 
its  credit  risks  associated  with  its  financial  assets,  except  that  the  credit  risks  associated  with  certain 
loan and interest receivables are mitigated because they are secured by collateral.

160

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 202337.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Credit risk and impairment assessment (continued)

The Group’s internal credit risk grading assessment comprises the following categories:

Internal 
credit rating Description

Trade Receivables

Financial assets 
other than trade 
receivables

Low risk

The counterparty has a low risk of default 
and does not have any past due amounts

Lifetime ECL –  
not credit-impaired

12m ECL

Medium risk Debtor frequently settles after due dates

Lifetime ECL –  
not credit-impaired

12m ECL

High risk

There have been significant increases in 
credit risk since initial recognition through 
information developed internally or external 
resources

Lifetime ECL –  
not credit-impaired

Lifetime ECL –  
not credit-impaired

Loss

There is evidence indicating that the asset is 
credit-impaired

Lifetime ECL –  
credit-impaired

Lifetime ECL –  
credit-impaired

Write-off

There is evidence indicating that the debtor 
is in severe financial difficulty and the Group 
has no realistic prospect of recovery

Amount is  
written off

Amount is written off

161

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
37.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Credit risk and impairment assessment (continued)

The table below details the credit risk exposures of the Group’s financial assets, which are subject to ECL 
assessment:

External 
credit rating

Internal 
credit rating

12m or 
lifetime ECL

Notes

2023 
Gross 
carrying 
amount/
fair value
HK$’000

2022 
Gross 
carrying 
amount/
fair value
HK$’000

Debt instruments at FVTOCI
Investments in listed bonds

21

B– (2022: B– to RD)

High risk

WD (2022: WD)

Loss

Lifetime ECL – not 
credit-impaired

Lifetime ECL –  

credit-impaired

1,633

31,558

2,029

2,181

Financial assets at amortised cost
Loan and interest receivables

22

N/A

Medium risk
High risk

Loss

12m ECL
Lifetime ECL – not 
credit-impaired

Lifetime ECL –  

credit-impaired

–
5,008

15,025
–

23,500

69,627

Other receivables and deposits

20

N/A

(Note (i))

12m ECL

11,253

10,713

Trade receivables

20

N/A

(Note (ii))

Lifetime ECL 
(simplified 
approach)

7,001

5,232

Cash and cash equivalents

25

BBB– to AA (2022:  
BBB– to AA)

N/A

12m ECL

168,258

85,750

Notes:

(i) 

For  the  purpose  of  internal  credit  assessment,  the  Group  assesses  whether  credit  risk  has  increased 

significantly  since  initial  recognition  based  on  the  financial  background,  financial  condition  and  historical 

settlement  records  of  the  counterparties,  and  both  the  quantitative  and  qualitative  information  including 

reasonable and supportive forward-looking information available without undue cost or effort.

(ii) 

The  Group  has  applied  the  simplified  approach  in  HKFRS  9  to  measure  the  loss  allowance  for  trade 

receivables on lifetime ECL basis.

162

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
37.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Credit risk and impairment assessment (continued)

Trade receivables

At  31  December  2023,  the  Group  had  concentration  of  credit  risk  for  its  trade  receivables  as  100% 
(2022:  100%)  of  the  amount  was  attributable  to  the  Group’s  one  trading  customer  in  Canada  (2022: 
two trading customers in Canada) and one customer in Hong Kong (2022: one customer in Hong Kong) 
and  they  contributed  18%  (2022:  86%)  of  the  Group’s  revenue.  However,  since  the  trade  receivables 
were due from a reputable oil distributor in Canada with good settlement history and a major electrical 
power  company  (2022:  two  oil  distributors  in  Canada  and  a  major  electrical  power  company  in  Hong 
Kong) in Hong Kong of good creditability, the management considered that the Group’s credit risk was 
low and ECL was minimal at 31 December 2023 and 2022.

Other receivables and deposits

For  other  receivables  and  deposits,  the  management  assessed  individually  on  the  recoverability  of 
other  receivables  and  deposits  based  on  the  financial  background,  financial  condition  and  historical 
settlement  records  of  the  debtors,  and  also  quantitative  and  qualitative  information  including 
reasonable  and  supportive  forward-looking  information.  The  management  believed  that  there 
was  no  significant  increase  in  credit  risk  of  other  receivables  and  deposits  of  HK$11,253,000  (2022: 
HK$10,713,000) since initial recognition and the Group performed the impairment assessment based on 
12m ECL. For the years ended 31 December 2023 and 2022, the Group assessed the ECL for these other 
receivables and deposits as insignificant and thus no loss allowance was recognised.

Loan and interest receivables

At  31  December  2023,  the  carrying  amount  of  loan  and  interest  receivables  was  HK$16,598,000  (2022: 
HK$60,852,000). The Group had concentration of credit risk for its loan and interest receivables as 100% 
(2022: 100%) of the carrying amount of such receivables at 31 December 2023 was due from two (2022: 
four) borrowers which amounted to HK$16,598,000 (2022: HK$60,852,000) in aggregate at 31 December 
2023,  and  the  loan  made  to  the  largest  borrower  amounted  to  HK$12,591,000  (2022:  HK$23,808,000) 
which accounted for 76% (2022: 39%) of the Group’s loan portfolio (on a net of impairment allowance 
basis).  The  Group  seeks  to  maintain  strict  control  over  its  outstanding  loan  and  interest  receivables  to 
minimise  credit  risk.  The  management  has  a  credit  policy  in  place  and  the  exposures  to  credit  risk  are 
monitored on an ongoing basis.

163

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 202337.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Credit risk and impairment assessment (continued)

Loan and interest receivables (continued)

The  recoverability  of  outstanding  loan  and  interest  receivables  are  determined  by  an  evaluation  of 
the  borrowers’  financial  background,  financial  condition  and  historical  settlement  records,  including 
past  due  rates  and  default  rates  of  the  borrowers  and  reasonable  and  supportable  forward-looking 
information (such as forecast of macroeconomic factors including GDP growth and unemployment rate 
with  adjustment  on  different  scenarios  of  economic  environment  prospect)  that  is  available  without 
undue cost or effort at the end of each reporting period. The borrowers are assigned with different risk 
grading  under  internal  credit  ratings  to  calculate  the  ECL,  taking  into  consideration  the  estimates  of 
expected  cash  shortfalls  which  are  driven  by  the  estimates  of probability  of  default  and  expected  loss 
given  default,  including  taking  into  account  the  amount  and  timing  of  cash  flows  that  are  expected 
from foreclosure on the collateral (if any) less the costs of selling the collateral. 

At 31 December 2023, included in the Group’s loan and interest receivables balance were debtors with 
aggregate  gross  carrying  amount  of  HK$23,500,000  (2022:  HK$69,590,000)  which  were  past  due  as  at 
the reporting date, of which (i) nil (2022: HK$12,500,000) had been past due for more than 30 days but 
less than 90 days; and (ii) HK$23,500,000 (2022: HK$57,090,000) had been past due for 90 days or more. 
Details of the cumulative ECL provided are set out in Note 22.

Debt instruments at FVTOCI

At  31  December  2023,  the  carrying  amount  of  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI  was  HK$3,662,000  (2022: 
HK$33,739,000).  The  Group  had  concentration  of  credit  risk  for  its  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI  as  99% 
(2022:  94%)  of  the  carrying  amount  at  31  December  2023  was  attributed  to  three  (2022:  four)  debt 
instruments at FVTOCI which amounted to HK$3,619,000 (2022: HK$31,557,000) at 31 December 2023.

For  the  year  ended  31  December  2023,  provision  of  ECL  on  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI  amounting  to 
HK$8,832,000 (2022: HK$11,081,000) was recognised in profit or loss with a corresponding adjustment 
to other comprehensive income. At 31 December 2023, the cumulative impairment allowance for debt 
instruments at FVTOCI amounted to HK$76,264,000 (2022: HK$67,432,000).

164

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 202337.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Credit risk and impairment assessment (continued)

Debt instruments at FVTOCI (continued)

The Group’s debt instruments at FVTOCI mainly comprise instruments that have, on an individual basis, 
a commensurate level of risk of default when comparing to its rate of return in terms of coupon interest. 
The Group assesses the financial strengths and performance of the issuers in satisfying the repayment 
of  principal  and  interest  of  the  debt  instruments  as  they  fall  due.  The  Group  also  closely  monitors  the 
changes  in  credit  ratings  of  the  issuers  and  follows  their  market  news  for  taking  immediate  actions  if 
there is an indication of a deterioration of the repayment ability of the issuers.

The  Group  determines  individually  whether  the  issuers  of  the  debt  instruments  have  been  suffered 
from  significant  increase  in  credit  risk  since  initial  recognition  by  comparing  the  credit  rating  and 
other  qualitative  benchmarks  that  affect  the  credit  quality  of  the  issuers  at  initial  recognition  and  at 
the  end  of  the  reporting  period.  At  31  December  2023,  included  in  the  Group’s  debt  instruments  of 
carrying  amount  of  HK$3,662,000  (2022:  HK$33,739,000),  debt  instruments  of  (i)  HK$1,633,000  (2022: 
HK$31,558,000) were assessed under lifetime ECL (not credit-impaired), due to significant deterioration 
in  the  internal  credit  rating  and  adverse  change  in  the  business  of  the  issuer  during  the  reporting 
period;  and  (ii)  HK$2,029,000  (2022:  HK$2,181,000)  were  assessed  under  lifetime  ECL  (credit-impaired), 
as  the  issuers  were  engaging  in  businesses  that  were  unstable  and  were  in  significant  financial 
difficulties.

The  Group  assessed  the  ECL  for  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI  by  reference  to  credit  ratings  of  the  debt 
instruments announced by recognised rating agencies (i.e., Moody’s, Fitch), the macroeconomic factors 
affecting  each  issuer,  and  the  probability  of  default  and  loss  given  default  of  each  debt  instrument. 
The  Group  also  took  into  account  forward-looking  information  that  was  reasonably  and  supportably 
available to the Group without undue cost or effort, including information such as GDP growth rate and 
unemployment rate.

165

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 202337.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Credit risk and impairment assessment (continued)

Debt instruments at FVTOCI (continued)

Lifetime ECL
(not credit- 
impaired)
HK$’000

Lifetime ECL
(credit- 
impaired)
HK$’000

12m ECL
HK$’000

Total
HK$’000

82

19,248

37,021

56,351

(82)

(3,229)

–

(3,311)

–

–

–
–

–

11,492

2,900

14,392

27,511

39,921

67,432

(22,679)
1,500

22,679
7,332

–
8,832

6,332

69,932

76,264

At 1 January 2022
Changes due to debt instruments at FVTOCI 

recognised at 1 January 2022:
– Impairment allowance reversed (Note (i))
– Impairment allowance recognised  

(Note (ii))

At 31 December 2022
Changes due to debt instruments at FVTOCI 

recognised at 1 January 2023:
– Transferred to lifetime ECL  

(credit-impaired) (Note (iii))

– Impairment allowance recognised (Note (iv))

At 31 December 2023

Notes:

(i) 

Impairment  allowance  reversed  of  HK$82,000  and  HK$3,229,000  were  attributed  to  the  derecognition  of 

debt instruments with carrying amount of HK$15,675,000 and HK$12,763,000 respectively.

(ii) 

Impairment  allowance  of  HK$11,492,000  was  recognised  under  lifetime  ECL  (not  credit-impaired)  as  the 

issuer  of  the  corresponding  debt  instruments  suffered  from  further  deterioration  in  business  conditions 

during  the  year,  and  impairment  allowance  of  HK$2,900,000  was  recognised  under  lifetime  ECL  (credit-

impaired) as the issuer of the corresponding debt instruments continued to engage in businesses that were 

unstable and were in significant financial difficulties.

(iii) 

Impairment  loss  of  HK$22,679,000  was  transferred  from  lifetime  ECL  (not  credit-impaired)  to  lifetime  ECL 

(credit-impaired) for debt instruments with carrying amount of HK$1,030,000 and HK$955,000.

(iv) 

Impairment allowance of HK$1,500,000 was recognised under lifetime ECL (not credit-impaired) as the issuer 

of the corresponding debt instruments suffered from further deterioration in business conditions during the 

year, and impairment allowance of HK$7,332,000 was recognised under lifetime ECL (credit-impaired) as the 

issuer  of  the  corresponding  debt  instruments  continued  to  engage  in  businesses  that  were  unstable  and 

were in significant financial difficulties.

166

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
37.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Liquidity risk

Liquidity  risk  reflects  the  risk  that  the  Group  will  have  insufficient  resources  to  meet  its  financial 
liabilities as they fall due. In managing liquidity risk, the Group monitors and maintains sufficient funds 
to meet all its potential liabilities as they fall due, including shareholder distributions. It is applicable to 
normal market conditions as well as negative projections against expected outcomes, so as to avoid any 
risk of incurring contractual penalties or damaging the Group’s reputation.

The following table details the Group’s remaining contractual maturity for its financial liabilities based 
on the agreed repayment terms.

For  non-derivative  financial  liabilities,  the  table  has  been  drawn  up  based  on  the  undiscounted  cash 
flows  of  financial  liabilities,  and  on  the  earliest  date  on  which  the  Group  can  be  required  to  pay.  The 
table includes both interest and principal cash flows. To the extent that interest flows are floating rate, 
the undiscounted amount is derived from interest rate in effect at the end of the reporting period.

Liquidity table

Weighted 
average 
interest rate
%

On demand
 or less than 
1 month
HK$’000

1 to 6 months
HK$’000

7 months to 
1 year
HK$’000

Over 1 year
HK$’000

 Total 
undiscounted 
cash flows
HK$’000

Carrying 
amount
HK$’000

At 31 December 2023
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Other payables

–

4,653

Lease liabilities

4.37

144

At 31 December 2022
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Other payables

–

17,624

Lease liabilities

3.41

187

–

720

–

116

–

864

–

139

–

4,653

4,653

2,651

4,379

3,919

–

17,624

17,624

2,782

3,224

2,725

167

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
37.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Fair value measurements of financial instruments

Fair value of the Group’s financial assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis

Some  of  the  Group’s  financial  assets  are  measured  at  fair  value  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period. 
The following table gives information about how fair values of these financial assets are determined (in 
particular, the valuation technique(s) and inputs used).

Fair value

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

Fair value 
hierarchy

Valuation technique(s) 
and key input(s)

Financial assets

Debt instruments at FVTOCI
Listed debt securities

Financial assets at FVTPL
Listed equity securities

3,662

33,739

Level 2

2,784

4,772

Level 1

Quoted bid prices with 
credit risk adjustments

Quoted bid prices 
in an active market

There were no transfers among Level 1, 2 and 3 of fair value hierarchy in the current and prior years.

Fair value of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured at fair value on a 
recurring basis

The directors consider that the carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities at amortised 
cost recognised in the consolidated financial statements approximate to their fair values.

168

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
38.  PARTICULARS OF PRINCIPAL SUBSIDIARIES

Details of the Company’s principal subsidiaries, which are limited liability companies, as at 31 December 
2023 and 2022, are as follows:

Name of subsidiary

Place of incorporation/
operations

Nominal value of issued
and fully paid ordinary 
share/registered capital

Attributable proportion of nominal 
value of issued/registered
capital held
by the Company
Directly

Indirectly

EPI Energy Investments Limited

Hong Kong

Have Result Finance Limited

Hong Kong

EPI Management Limited

Hong Kong

EP Resources Corporation

Canada

HK$1 
(2022: HK$1)

HK$100 
(2022: HK$100)

HK$1 
(2022: HK$1)

C$10,560,001 
(2022: C$10,560,001)

–

–

–

–

100% 
(2022: 100%)

100% 
(2022: 100%)

100% 
(2022: 100%)

100%
(2022: 100%)

Principal activities

Sales of electricity

Money lending

Investment in securities and 

management

Petroleum exploration and 

production

The  above  table  lists  the  subsidiaries  of  the  Group  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the  directors,  principally 
affected  the  results  of  the  Group.  To  give  details  of  other  insignificant  subsidiaries  which  are  mainly 
inactive or engaged in investment holding would, in the opinion of the directors, result in particulars of 
excessive length.

None  of  the  subsidiaries  had  any  debt  securities  outstanding  at  the  end  of  the  year,  or  at  any  time 
during the year.

169

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
39.  CAPITAL COMMITMENTS

At  31  December  2023,  the  Group  had  no  capital  commitment  (31  December  2022:  a  total  capital 
commitment  of  HK$6,978,000  for  the  acquisition  of  solar  photovoltaic  systems  which  represented 
capital expenditure contracted for but not provided).

40.  STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION OF THE COMPANY

Non-current assets
Unlisted interests in subsidiaries
Loan to a subsidiary
Amounts due from subsidiaries

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Other receivables, prepayment and deposits
Tax recoverable
Amounts due from subsidiaries
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Current liabilities
Other payables
Amounts due to subsidiaries
Tax payable

Total current liabilities

Net current assets

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

–*
105,434
815

–*
99,571
48,408

106,249

147,979

1,342
–
113,051
111,573

7,000
146
111,037
58,715

225,966

176,898

2,075
–
–

2,075

2,028
6,221
618

8,867

223,891

168,031

Total assets less current liabilities

330,140

316,010

Capital and reserves
Share capital
Reserves (Note)

Total equity

52,403
277,737

52,403
263,607

330,140

316,010

* 

The amount of investment in subsidiaries is less than HK$1,000.

170

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
40.  STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION OF THE COMPANY (continued)

Note:

Movements of the Company’s reserves are as follows:

Share 

Share options 

Accumulated 

premium

HK$’000

reserve

HK$’000

losses

HK$’000

Total

HK$’000

At 1 January 2022

918,270

201,645

(775,384)

344,531

Loss and total comprehensive expense for 

the year

–

–

(80,924)

(80,924)

At 31 December 2022

918,270

201,645

(856,308)

263,607

Profit and total comprehensive income for 

the year

–

–

14,130

14,130

At 31 December 2023

918,270

201,645

(842,178)

277,737

171

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RESULTS

For the year ended 31 December

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

2021
HK$’000

2020
HK$’000

2019
HK$’000

Revenue

83,082

45,102

24,496

42,449

60,560

Profit (loss) before tax
Income tax (expense) credit

22,334
(834)

(46,957)
211

(31,626)
2,255

8,578
(440)

(137,327)
(772)

Profit (loss) for the year

21,500

(46,746)

(29,371)

8,138

(138,099)

Attributable to:
Owners of the Company
Non-controlling interests

ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

21,500
–

(46,746)
–

(29,371)
–

8,519
(381)

(138,099)
–

21,500

(46,746)

(29,371)

8,138

(138,099)

At 31 December

2023
HK$’000

2022
HK$’000

2021
HK$’000

2020
HK$’000

2019
HK$’000

Total assets
Total liabilities

445,095
(41,642)

433,689
(57,376)

442,915
(16,925)

475,763
(16,265)

469,264
(25,368)

Equity attributable to owners  

of the Company

403,453

376,313

425,990

459,498

443,896

Attributable to:
Owners of the Company
Non-controlling interests

403,453
–

376,313
–

425,990
–

459,879
(381)

443,896
–

403,453

376,313

425,990

459,498

443,896

172

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2023Five-Year Financial SummaryFor the year ended 31 December 2023